10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THESECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OFTHE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                to                

Commission file number 1-12793

StarTek, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	84-1370538
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)
8200 E. Maplewood Ave., Suite 100
Greenwood Village, Colorado	80111
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

(303) 262-4500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yeso  No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yeso  Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x Noo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yesx  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

Large accelerated filero	Accelerated filerx
Non-accelerated filero	Smaller reporting companyo
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yeso  Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter). Emerging growth company o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2017 was approximately $154.8 million. As of March 12, 2018, there were 16,199,122 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

PART I		Page
Item 1	Business	2
Item 1A	Risk Factors	7
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	12
Item 2	Properties	13
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	13
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	14
PART II
Item 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	14
Item 6	Selected Financial Data	16
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	17
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	27
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	29
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	58
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures	58
Item 9B	Other Information	58
PART III
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	59
Item 11	Executive Compensation	62
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	76
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	78
Item 14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	79
PART IV
Item 15	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	81

Part I

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the following:

• certain statements, including possible or assumed future results of operations, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

• any statements regarding the prospects for our business or any of our services;

• any statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “continue,” “estimate,” “plans,” “future,” “targets,” “predicts,” “budgeted,” “projections,” “outlooks,” “attempts,” “is scheduled,” or similar expressions; and

• other statements regarding matters that are not historical facts.

Our business and results of operations are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Because of these risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements, and investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements.  All forward-looking statements herein speak only as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and may adversely affect our business and results of operations include, but are not limited to those items set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” appearing in this Form 10-K.

Unless otherwise noted in this report, any description of “us," “we” or "our" refers to StarTek, Inc. ("STARTEK") and its subsidiaries.  Financial information in this report is presented in U.S. dollars.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

STARTEK is a customer engagement business process outsourcing (BPO) services provider, delivering customer care solutions in a different and more meaningful way. We use “engagement” design principles vs. traditional contact center methods, resulting in added value services that create deeper customer relationships through better customer insights and interactions for our clients. Our unique approach to Omni Channel design and service, and training innovation and analytics, allows STARTEK to deliver full life-cycle care solutions through our engagement centers around the world. Our employees, whom we call Brand Warriors, are at the forefront of our customer engagement services and represent our greatest asset. For over 30 years, STARTEK Brand Warriors have been committed to enhancing the customer experience, providing higher value and making a positive impact for our clients’ business results.

Our vision is to be the most trusted global service provider to customer-centric companies who are looking for more effective ways to engage their customers, on their terms and preferred channels with solutions that are not always available via traditional “contact center” companies.

The STARTEK Advantage System, the sum total of our customer engagement culture, customized solutions, and processes, allows us to always remain focused on enhancing our clients’ customer experience, increasing customer lifetime value and reducing total cost of ownership. STARTEK has proven results for the multiple services we provide, including sales, order management and provisioning, customer care, technical support, receivables management, and retention programs.  We service client programs using a variety of multi-channel customer interaction capabilities, including voice, chat, email, social media, interactive voice response, and back-office support.  STARTEK has engagement centers in the United States, Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, and the Philippines.

We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: Domestic, Nearshore, and Offshore.  As of December 31, 2017, our Domestic segment included the operations of thirteen facilities in the United States and one facility in Canada; our Offshore segment included the operations of four facilities in the Philippines; and our Nearshore segment included the operations of two facilities in Honduras and one facility in Jamaica. The segment information included in Item 8, Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, is incorporated by reference in partial response to this Item 1.

2

SERVICE OFFERINGS

We provide customer experience management throughout the life cycle of our clients’ customers.  These service offerings include customer care, sales support, inbound sales, complex order processing, accounts receivable management, technical and product support, up-sell and cross-sell opportunities, customer intelligence analytics and other industry-specific processes.  We provide these services by leveraging the principles of human communication science, technology, agent performance tools, analytics omni-channel services and self-help applications to enable and empower our Brand Warriors.

Technical and Product Support.Our technical and product support service offering provides our clients’ customers with high-end technical support services through customer preferred channels (telephone, e-mail, chat, facsimile and Internet), 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Technical support inquiries are generally driven by a customer’s purchase and use of a product or service, or by a customer’s need for ongoing technical assistance.

Sales Support. Our revenue generation service supports every stage of the customer life cycle and includes end-to-end pre-sales and post-sales programs. Lead generation, direct sales, account management, retention programs, and marketing analysis and modeling are all available. We have the ability to increase customer purchasing levels, implement product promotion programs, introduce new products and enhanced service offerings, secure additional customer orders and handle inquires related to post-sales support including social media monitoring. Unique service offerings are tailored to meet the specific needs of consumers.

Provisioning and Order Processing.  Our suite of order processing services ranges from enterprise level large-scale project management to direct-to-consumer order processing. Complex order processing services provide clients with large-scale project management and direct relationship management for their large enterprise customers. These services include full life cycle order management and technical sales support for high-end telecommunications services, such as wire line, wireless, data and customer premise equipment. In addition, we process order fallout from our clients' automated systems, complete billing review and revenue recovery and perform quality assurance. Direct-to-consumer services include provisioning, order processing and transfer of accounts between client service providers.

Receivables Management.  We provide first and third party collections services directly for our clients. We provide these services for our clients in the telecommunication, cable and media and healthcare industries. Our Brand Warriors help our clients reduce bad debt write-offs and recover past due balances in an efficient, compliant and empathetic manner, which promotes and protects our clients' brand and helps them retain customers.

Healthcare Services. Healthcare services focus on four major segments of the market: providers, payers, pharmaceutical and medical devices. Our service offerings include customer care, sales support, accounts receivable management, remote patient care and medical triage. Our healthcare professionals include licensed RN's who support patients and doctors with their healthcare service needs.

Up-sell and Cross-sell Programs. Whether providing direct response services for marketing campaigns or enabling companies to test new offerings with existing customers, STARTEK is an expert at converting opportunities to sales. Companies invest time and money to develop up-sell and cross-sell opportunities with their customers and we consistently outsell other internal and external providers.

Our goal is to provide higher conversion rates and improve the average revenue per sale. We select managers and representatives who not only have a sales mentality, but are dedicated to helping customers. We utilize a proven sales training methodology that all sales and service representatives employ and they are supported by dedicated management teams. By working with our clients and providing a true sales team culture, we are able to achieve superior results.

Customer Intelligence Analytics. Our suite of customer intelligence solutions provides clients with insights and actionable information at every stage of the customer lifecycle. We map the journey and assess the customer experience to design the ideal engagement model. We also select and train our Brand Warriors, applying proven principles of dialogue across engagement specialists and channels to analyze conversations, quality management and customer satisfaction. Additional services include Customer Lifetime Value modeling, Forecast modeling, Customer Segmentation and Profiling, Text Analytics, and Operational modeling.

Additional Services. We provide other industry-specific processes, including training curriculum development, workforce management, customer analytics, quality monitoring services, and dispositions. These services include technology enabled and human interactions.

3

Our Solutions Team engages with clients to understand their specific goals and anticipate the needs of their customers.  By leveraging the STARTEK Advantage System, the Team customizes solutions to meet clients' goals.

CUSTOMER TRENDS

Our clients are increasingly focused on improving customer engagement and reducing total overall cost of ownership.  STARTEK delivers a high level of customer satisfaction, as evidenced by our clients’ customer service awards and our ranking relative to other outsourced partners.  Our clients also value a combination of onshore, nearshore, and offshore delivery platforms to optimize customer support costs.

Clients are also trying to decrease the number of contacts it takes for their customers to enjoy their products or services as well as increasing the channel options that are available.  Process improvement and a push for more omni channel solutions has driven further efficiencies for resolution of those contact issues. We are committed to delivering solutions through which we partner with our clients to achieve and deliver these efficiency gains.  We believe we are positioned to benefit from this trend as we have developed a comprehensive suite of services and multi-channel solutions that will drive continuous improvement and customer experience on front and back-office transactions.

KEY COMPETITIVE DIFFERENTIATORS

STARTEK Advantage System

Our culture, “Customer Engagement” Operating Platform and custom solutions for every client program combined with our continuous improvement process is the sum total of our STARTEK Advantage System.  The STARTEK Advantage System empowers and enables our leaders to constantly look for new ways to deliver consistent execution of operational results while meeting and/or exceeding our clients’ current and future critical business requirements.

STARTEK’s culture is built on trust and servant leadership. Servant leadership puts the employees first and leads with a focus on solving problems and promoting personal development.   We are a gathering of like-minded professionals determined to make a positive impact for our employees, our clients and our stakeholders. 

STARTEK’s “Customer Engagement” Operating Platform provides the core processes that allow us to be consistent in our service offering across sites and geographies.  It includes execution and innovation in every area of the operation including on-boarding and enabling employees, executing against goals, evaluating and improving performance, and enhancing the total experience of our clients’ customers.

STARTEK deploys solutions that leverage what we know, what we have learned from experience across a breadth of clients and industries, and what we hear and understand from the market and most importantly our clients.  We will deliver the right people with the right leadership enabled by the right technology and empowered by the right tools to make a meaningful impact on each and every one of our clients’ businesses. Our customer engagement philosophy offers a solution for improving customer interactions and, subsequently, customer satisfaction. We have developed a unique methodology for training and measuring how we can better engage with customers to improve the customer experience.

We offer a variety of customer engagement management solutions that provide front to back-office capabilities utilizing the right delivery platform including onshore, nearshore, and offshore alternatives. We also offer multi-channel customer interactions, including voice, chat, email and social media.  We believe that we are differentiated by our client centric culture, operational flexibility, customer engagement methodology, insights and analytics capabilities, added value approach and most importantly, the quality of execution and results.

Customization

STARTEK is passionate about our client’s current and future objectives. Our solution configuration is aligned with our clients’ unique requirements but more importantly, the desired outcomes they are looking for on optimizing customer satisfaction and retention.  We are flexible and keenly aware that designing solutions around clients’ strategic goals is critical. Not only do we provide experienced management teams that bring together a trained, productive workforce, equipped with the right tools and technology, we provide front and back end analytics to develop the right solution and proprietary quality assurance tools that ensure a “closed loop” improvement cycle that is easy to measure and manage. 

4

Consistent Performance

Performance is core to the STARTEK Operating Platform.  Our clients expect consistent performance against the fundamentals of the business no matter the location or method of the service delivery.  The operating platform sets the stage for us to drive continuous improvement and focus on the added-value aspects of our clients’ businesses.

Cost Competitive

We are confident in our ability to be cost competitive with solutions that meet our clients’ needs. Through clearly understanding their needs and striving to reach goal congruency, we can assure that our collective financial goals are aligned in the most efficient way.

STRATEGY

STARTEK views successful outsourcing partnerships as those that strike a balance by delivering a better customer experience to clients through an efficient, effective and ever improving support model while generating a fair return for our stakeholders.  The STARTEK Advantage System and Brand Warrior mindset is behind everything we do. Our managers and customer engagement specialists all have a STARTEK Brand Warrior mindset, because they are on the front lines for our clients’ brands and have the opportunity to create and improve loyalty for our clients’ products and services each and every day. Our mission is to return value to our stakeholders by promoting and protecting our clients' brands by enabling and empowering us, as Brand Warriors, through servant leadership. Our clients’ business objectives become our business objectives, as we seek to become their trusted partner.  Every day, we strive to better understand our clients’ markets and competitive challenges so that we can play a more effective role as trusted partner and success driver in their businesses.  We seek to build customer loyalty and reduce clients' costs through specific actionable continuous improvement efforts in all areas.  We believe that empowering and enabling our engagement center management and front line employees is the most important way we can deliver the best possible consistent customer experience.  STARTEK’s leadership team is committed to driving year-over-year continuous improvement and constantly striving for the success of our clients’ businesses.

We seek to become the trusted partner to our clients and provide meaningful customer engagement BPO services. Our approach is to develop relationships with our clients that are truly collaborative in nature where we are focused, flexible and proactive to their business needs.  The end result is the delivery of the highest quality customer experience to our clients’ customers. To achieve sustainable, predictable, profitable growth, our strategy is to:

•grow our existing client base by deepening and broadening our relationships;

•diversify our client base by adding new clients and verticals;

•improve our market position by becoming the leader in customer engagement services;

•improve profitability through operational improvements, increased utilization and higher margin accounts;

•expand our global delivery platform to meet our clients' needs; and

•broaden our service offerings through more innovative, technology-enabled and added-value solutions.

We have made a number of strategic acquisitions in the past few years that have enabled us to expand the scope of our service offerings while also bringing expertise to a wider range of verticals. This has driven improvement in revenue diversity, and provided the potential for increased revenue from new high-growth verticals such as financial services, retail and healthcare.

During 2015, STARTEK acquired Accent Marketing Services, L.L.C. ("ACCENT"), a business process outsourcing company with a business model that focuses on data, analytics, and interaction with customers and their constituents to provide excellent service. ACCENT's business model and attention to customer engagement provides an excellent complement to STARTEK's Ideal Dialogue practice. Additionally, the acquisition of ACCENT expands our footprint into Jamaica and enhances our flexibility in meeting customer demands, including more use of internet-based customer service delivery.

HISTORY OF THE BUSINESS

STARTEK was founded in 1987.  At that time, our business was centered on supply chain management services, which included packaging, fulfillment, marketing support and logistics services.  After our initial public offering on June 19, 1997, we continued to focus on operating customer care contact centers and grew to include our current suite of offerings as described in the “Business Overview” section of this Form 10-K.

5

SEASONALITY

Our business can be seasonal, dependent on our clients' marketing programs and product launches, which are often geared toward the end of summer and the winter holiday buying season. Healthcare and Educational clients also have some seasonal demands which are somewhat counter to retail.

INDUSTRY

The worldwide outsourced customer care services industry is now projected to be over $70 billion and growing at over 5% per year.  Over the past several years, the number of companies handling their own customer care requirements has continued to decrease.  Clients are recognizing the value and expertise that can be found by outsourcing activities, such as those we provide.  Outsourcing allows them to focus on core competencies, leverage economies of scale and control variable costs of their business while accessing new technology and expert personnel.  We believe outsourced service providers, including ourselves, will continue to benefit from these outsourcing trends.  The industry continues to be very fragmented with the five largest competitors combined capturing less than 20% of the global market. 

COMPETITION

We compete with a number of companies that provide similar services on an outsourced basis, including business process outsourcing companies such as Teleperformance; Convergys Corporation; Transcom; Sitel Corporation; Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated; TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and Alorica.  Many of these competitors are significantly larger than us in revenue, income, number of contact centers and customer service agents, number of product offerings and market capitalization.  We believe that while smaller than many of our competitors, we are able to compete because of our focus and scale as well as our ability to add value to our clients' business.  We believe our success is contingent more on our targeted service offering and performance delivery to our clients than our overall size.  Several of our competitors merged during recent years, which may affect our competitive position.  There are also many companies actively pursuing sale, indicating further consolidation in the industry is likely.  There are integration challenges involved in consolidations, which may provide us with an opportunity to deliver superior customer service to existing and new clients. We have maintained an opportunistic view of acquisitions, primarily focused on diversification and value in line with our strategic plan.

Some competitors offer a broader range of services than we do, which may result in clients and potential clients consolidating their use of outsourced services with larger competitors, rather than using our services.  We primarily compete with the aforementioned companies on the basis of price and quality.  As such, our strategy is to execute the STARTEK Advantage System on our clients’ metrics and rank among the top of all of their outsourced vendors, while continuing to be a cost-effective solution and driving year over year improvement.  We view our competitive advantage as being a large enough company to offer the breadth of service offerings that are often requested by clients while being agile enough to respond quickly to their needs.

CLIENTS

We provide service to clients from locations in the United States, Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, and the Philippines. Approximately 51% of our revenue is derived from clients within the telecommunications industry and 22% from clients within the cable and media industry. These percentages have decreased slightly from the previous year as we continue to focus on diversifying the industries that we serve by targeting sales efforts to verticals such as technology, retail or ecommerce, financial services, education, and healthcare.

Our three largest customers, T-Mobile USA, Inc. (“T-Mobile”), Sprint / United Management Co. ("Sprint"), and AT&T Inc. (“AT&T”), account for a significant percentage of our revenue. While we believe that we have good relationships with these clients, a loss of a large program from one of these clients, a significant reduction in the amount of business we receive from a principal client, renegotiation of pricing on several programs simultaneously for one of these clients, the delay or termination of a principal client's product launch or service offering, or the complete loss of one or more of these principal clients would adversely affect our business and our results of operations (See Item 1A. "Risk Factors").

We enter into master service agreements (MSAs) that cover all of our work for each client.  These MSAs are typically multi-year contracts that include auto-renewal provisions. They typically do not include contractual minimum volumes and are generally terminable by the customer without penalty upon prior written notice. 

6

GOVERNMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws in the states and territories in which we operate, including tax, employment, environmental and other laws that govern the way we conduct our business.  There are risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including significant changes in domestic government programs, policies, regulatory requirements, and taxation with respect to foreign operations; unexpected changes in foreign government programs, policies, regulatory requirements and labor laws; and difficulties in staffing and effectively managing foreign operations.

EMPLOYEES AND TRAINING

As of December 31, 2017, we employed approximately 13,300 employees. Approximately 4,700 were employed in the United States and approximately 8,600 were employees in foreign countries. None of our employees were members of a labor union or were covered by a collective bargaining agreement during 2017. We believe the overall relations with our workforce are good.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Our principal executive offices are located at 8200 E. Maplewood Ave., Suite 100, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111. Our telephone number is (303) 262-4500. Our website address is www.startek.com.  Our stock currently trades on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol SRT.

Copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge through our website (www.startek.com) as soon as practicable after we furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also make available on the “Investor Relations” page of our corporate website, the charters for the Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Governance and Nominating Committee of our Board of Directors, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

None of the information on our website or any other website identified herein is part of this report. All website addresses in this report are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

A substantial portion of our revenue is generated by a limited number of clients. The loss or reduction in business from any of theseclients would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Revenue from our three largest clients, T-Mobile, Sprint, and AT&T accounted for 30.4%, 10.2%, and 10.0% respectively, of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.

We may not be able to retain our principal clients. If we were to lose any of our principal clients, we may not be able to replace the revenue on a timely basis. Loss of a principal client could result from many factors, including consolidation or economic downturns in our clients' industries, as discussed further below.

The future revenue we generate from our principal clients may decline or grow at a slower rate than expected or than it has in the past. In the event we lose any of our principal clients or do not receive call volumes anticipated from these clients, we may suffer from the costs of underutilized capacity because of our inability to eliminate all of the costs associated with conducting business with that client, which could exacerbate the effect that the loss of a principal client would have on our operating results and financial condition. Additional productivity gains could be necessary to offset the negative impact that lower per-minute revenue at higher volume levels would have on our margins in future periods.

Our contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase requirements and cangenerally be terminated by our customers on short notice without penalty.

We enter into written agreements with each client for our services and seek to sign multi-year contracts with our clients. However, these contracts generally permit termination upon 30 to 90 days' notice by our clients, do not designate us as our clients' exclusive outsourced services provider, do not penalize our clients for early termination, hold us responsible for work performed that does not meet predefined specifications and do not contain minimum purchase requirements or volume commitments. Accordingly, we face the risk that our clients may cancel or renegotiate contracts we have with them, which may adversely affect our results. If a principal client canceled or did not renew its contract with us, our results would suffer. In

7

addition, because the amount of revenue generated from any particular client is generally dependent on the volume and activity of our clients' customers, as described above, our business depends in part on the success of our clients' products. The number of customers who are attracted to the products of our clients may not be sufficient or our clients may not continue to develop new products that will require our services, in which case it may be more likely for our clients to terminate their contracts with us. Clients can generally reduce the volume of services they outsource to us without any penalties, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations and overall financial condition.

We depend on several large clients in the telecommunications industry and our strategy partially depends on a trend of telecommunications companies continuing to outsource services. If the telecommunications industry suffers a downturn or the trend toward outsourcing reverses, our business will suffer.

Our key clients in the telecommunications industry include companies in the wire-line, wireless, cable and broadband lines of business.  Currently, our business is largely dependent on continued demand for our services from clients in this industry and on trends in this industry to purchase outsourced services. A significant change in this trend could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Client consolidation could result in a loss of business that would adversely affect our operating results.

The telecommunications industry has had a significant level of consolidation discussion. We cannot assure that additional consolidations will not occur in which our clients acquire additional businesses or are acquired themselves. Such consolidations may decrease our business volume and revenue, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our lack of a wide geographic diversity outside of North America mayadversely affect our ability to serve existing customers or limit our abilityto obtain new customers.

Although we currently conduct operations in Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, the Philippines and the United States, we do not have a wide geographic diversity. Our lack of such diversity could adversely affect our business if one or more of our clients decide to move their existing business process outsourcing services offshore. It may also limit our ability to gain new clients that may require business process service providers to have this greater flexibility across differing geographies.

If we decide to open facilities in, or otherwise expand into, additional countries, we may not be able to successfully establish operations in the markets that we target. There are certain risks inherent in conducting business in other countries including, but not limited to, exposure to currency fluctuations, difficulties in complying with foreign laws, unexpected changes in government programs, policies, regulatory requirements and labor laws, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, political instability, and potentially adverse tax consequences. There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business, growth prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our operating results may be adversely affected if we are unable to maximizeour facility capacity utilization.

Our profitability is influenced by our facility capacity utilization. The majority of our business involves technical support and customer care services initiated by our clients' customers, and as a result, our capacity utilization varies, and demands on our capacity are, to some degree, beyond our control. We have experienced, and in the future may experience periods of idle capacity from opening new facilities where forecasted volume levels do not materialize. In addition, we have experienced, and in the future may experience idle peak period capacity when we open a new facility or terminate or complete a large client program. These periods of idle capacity may be exacerbated if we expand our facilities or open new facilities in anticipation of new client business because we generally do not have the ability to require a client to enter into a long-term contract or to require clients to reimburse us for capacity expansion costs if they terminate their relationship with us or do not provide us with anticipated service volumes. From time to time, we assess the expected long-term capacity utilization of our facilities. Accordingly, we may, if deemed necessary, consolidate or close under-performing facilities in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins.

We may incur impairment losses and restructuring charges in future years as a result of closing facilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain optimal facility capacity utilization.

If client demand declines due to economic conditions or otherwise, we may not be able to leverage our fixed costs as effectively, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

8

Our foreign operations subject us to the risk of currency exchangefluctuations.

Because we conduct a material portion of our business outside the United States we are exposed to market risk from changes in the value of the Canadian dollar, the Honduran lempira, the Jamaican dollar, and the Philippine peso. Material fluctuations in exchange rates impact our results through translation and consolidation of the financial results of our foreign operations and, therefore, may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. The revenue we earn is generally priced and invoiced in U.S. dollars, but the costs under those contracts may be denominated in Canadian dollars, Philippine pesos and, to a lesser extent, the Honduran lempira and Jamaican dollar. Therefore, the fluctuations in the U.S. dollar to these currencies can cause significant fluctuations in our results of operations. We engage in hedging activities relating to our exposure to such fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar and the Philippine peso. We do not enter into hedging agreements for the Honduran lempira or the Jamaican dollar. Our hedging strategy, including our ability to acquire the desired amount of hedge contracts, may not sufficiently protect us from strengthening of these currencies against the U.S. dollar.

Our foreign operations are subject to social, political and economic risks that differ from those in the United States.

We conduct a significant portion of our business and employ a substantial number of people outside of the United States. During 2017, we generated approximately 41.5% or $121.4 million of our revenue from operations outside the United States. Circumstances and developments related to foreign operations that could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following factors:

• difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain regions;

• differing employment practices and labor issues;

• local business and cultural factors that differ from our usual standards and practices;

• volatility in currencies;

• currency restrictions, which may prevent the transfer of capital and profits to the United States;

• unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and other laws;

• potentially adverse tax consequences;

• the responsibility of complying with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, e.g., with respect to corrupt practices, employment and licensing;

• the impact of regional or country-specific business cycles and economic instability;

• political instability, uncertainty over property rights, civil unrest, political activism or the continuation or escalation of terrorist activities; and

• access to capital may be more restricted, or unavailable on favorable terms or at all in certain locations.

Our global growth (including growth in new regions in the United States) also subjects us to certain risks, including risks associated with funding increasing headcount, integrating new offices, and establishing effective controls and procedures to regulate the operations of new offices and to monitor compliance with regulations such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws.

Although we have committed substantial resources to expand our global platform, if we are unable to successfully manage the risks associated with our global business or to adequately manage operational fluctuations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

If we are not able to hire and retain qualified employees, our ability toservice our existing customers and retain new customers will be adverselyaffected.

Our success is largely dependent on our ability to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified employees. Our business is labor intensive and, as is typical for our industry, continues to experience high personnel turnover. Our operations, especially our technical support and customer care services, generally require specially trained employees, which, in turn, requires significant recruiting and training costs. Such turnover adversely affects our operating efficiency, productivity and ability to fully respond to client demand, thereby adversely impacting our operating results.   Some of this turnover can be attributed to the fact that we compete for labor not only with other call centers but also with other similar-paying jobs, including retail, services industries, food service, etc.  As such, improvements in the local economies in which we operate can adversely affect our ability to recruit agents in those locations.  Further increases in employee turnover or failure to effectively manage these high attrition rates would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

The addition of new clients or implementation of new projects for existing clients may require us to recruit, hire, and train personnel at accelerated rates. We may not be able to successfully recruit, hire, train, and retain sufficient qualified personnel to adequately staff for existing business or future growth, particularly if we undertake new client relationships in industries in

9

which we have not previously provided services. Because a substantial portion of our operating expenses consists of labor-related costs, labor shortages or increases in wages (including minimum wages as mandated by the U.S. and Canadian federal governments, employee benefit costs, employment tax rates, and other labor related expenses) could cause our business, operating profits, and financial condition to suffer. Economic and legislative changes in the U.S. may encourage organizing efforts in the future which, if successful, could further increase our recruiting and training costs and could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity.

Our operating costs may increase as a result of higher labor costs.

We, like a number of companies in our industry, have sought to contain our labor costs by limiting salary increases and payment of cash bonuses to our employees. From time to time, the local economies in some of the locations in which we operate experience growth, which causes pressure on labor rates to remain competitive within the local economies. If these growth trends continue, we may need to further increase salaries or otherwise compensate our employees at higher levels in order to remain competitive. Recent legislation with respect to raising the minimum wage has been passed in certain U.S. states in which we operate, which will likely lead to higher wages in certain facilities. Higher salaries or other forms of compensation are likely to increase our cost of operations. If such increases are not offset by increased revenue, they will negatively impact our financial results. Conversely, if labor rates decrease due to higher unemployment in the current economic downturn, our cost of operations may decrease. In the past, some of our employees have attempted to organize a labor union, and economic and legislative changes may encourage organizing efforts in the future, which, if successful, could further increase our recruiting and training costs and could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity.

Failure to attract and retain key management personnel may adversely impact our strategy execution and financial results.

Our ability to attract, successfully integrate and retain key management personnel could have a significant impact on our ability to compete or to execute on our business strategy. Changes in key management personnel may temporarily disrupt our operations as the new management becomes familiar with our business. Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend to a significant extent on our ability to attract, motivate and retain key management personnel.

Our strategy depends on companies continuing to outsourcenon-core services.

Some of our clients have been decreasing the number of firms they rely on to provide outsourced services. Due to financial uncertainties and the potential reduction in demand for our clients' products and services, our clients and prospective clients may decide to further consolidate the number of firms on which they rely for outsourced services. Under these circumstances, our clients may cancel current contracts with us, or we may fail to attract new clients, which will adversely affect our financial condition.

Our business relies heavily on technology and computer systems, which subjects us to various uncertainties.

We have invested in sophisticated and specialized telecommunications and computer technology and have focused on the application of this technology to meet our clients' needs. We anticipate that it will be necessary to continue to invest in and develop new and enhanced technology on a timely basis to maintain our competitiveness. Capital expenditures may be required to keep our technology up-to-date. There can be no assurance that any of our information systems will be adequate to meet our future needs or that we will be able to incorporate new technology to enhance and develop our existing services. There can be no assurance that any technology or computer system will not encounter outages or disruptions.  When outages occur we may incur remediation expenses, penalties under customer contracts or loss of customer confidence.  Moreover, investments in technology, including future investments in upgrades and enhancements to software, may not necessarily maintain our competitiveness. Our future success will also depend in part on our ability to anticipate and develop information technology solutions that keep pace with evolving industry standards and changing client demands.

Increases in the cost of telephone and data services or significantinterruptions in such services could adversely affect our business.

We depend on telephone and data services provided by various local and long distance telephone companies. Because of this dependence, any change to the telecommunications market that would disrupt these services or limit our ability to obtain services at favorable rates could affect our business. We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to the risks associated with rate fluctuations and service disruption by entering into long-term contracts with various providers for telephone and data services and by investing in redundant circuits. There is no obligation, however, for the vendors to renew their contracts with us or to offer the same or lower rates in the future, and such contracts are subject to termination or modification for various reasons outside of our control.

10

In addition, there is no assurance that a redundant circuit would not also be disrupted. A significant increase in the cost of telephone services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services or any significant interruption in telephone services, could adversely affect our business.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data could expose us to protracted and costly litigation and penalties and may cause us to lose clients.

We are dependent on IT networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners and clients. Security breaches of this infrastructure could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our systems and potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. We are also required at times to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client or customer data. As a result, we are subject to contractual terms and numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other individually identifiable information. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution. Although we maintain cyber liability insurance, such insurance may not adequately or timely compensate us for all losses we may incur. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We process, transmit and store personally identifiable information and unauthorized access to or the unintended release of this information could result in a claim for damage or loss of business and create unfavorable publicity.

We process, transmit and store personally identifiable information, both in our role as a service provider and as an employer. This information may include social security numbers, financial and health information, as well as other personal information. As a result, we are subject to certain contractual terms as well as federal, state and foreign laws and regulations designed to protect personally identifiable information. We take measures to protect against unauthorized access and to comply with these laws and regulations. We use the Internet as a mechanism for delivering our services to clients, which may expose us to potential disruptive intrusions. Unauthorized access, system denials of service, or failure to comply with data privacy laws and regulations may subject us to contractual liability and damages, loss of business, damages from individual claimants, fines, penalties, criminal prosecution and unfavorable publicity, any of which could negatively affect our operating results and financial condition. In addition, third party vendors that we engage to perform services for us may have an unintended release of personally identifiable information.

We are required to comply with laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of protected health information.

We are required to comply with applicable laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information, including, among others, the standards of The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”). The failure to comply with any of these laws could make it difficult to expand our health care business process outsourcing business and/or cause us to incur significant liabilities.

The failure to comply with debt collection and consumer credit reporting regulations could subject us to fines and other liabilities, which could harm our reputation and business, and could make it more difficult for us to retain existing customers or attract new customers.

The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act ("FDCPA") regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person, which includes our debt collection business. Many states impose additional requirements on debt collection communications and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the federal requirements. In addition, many U.S. states require a debt collector to apply for, be granted and maintain a license to engage in debt collection activities in a state. We are currently licensed (or exempt from licensing requirements) to provide debt collection services in most U.S. states.  Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions.  We could be subject to fines or other penalties if we are determined to have violated the FDCPA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act or analogous state laws, which could make it more difficult to retain existing customers or attract new customers and could otherwise harm our business.

11

When we make acquisitions, we could encounter difficulties that harm our business.

We may acquire companies, products, or technologies that we believe to be complementary to our business. If we engage in such acquisitions, we may have difficulty integrating the acquired personnel, operations, products or technologies. Acquisitions may dilute our earnings per share, disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, increase our expenses, subject us to liabilities, and increase our risk of litigation, all of which could harm our business. If we use cash to acquire companies, products, or technologies, it may divert resources otherwise available for other purposes or increase our debt.

If we are unable to meet the debt covenant requirements under our revolving credit facility, potential growth and results of operations may suffer.

Our secured revolving credit facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants that may limit or restrict our ability to engage in certain activities, including but not limited to, making certain investments, limiting capital expenditures, incurring additional indebtedness, and engaging in mergers and acquisitions. If we are not able to meet these covenants, our ability to respond to changes in the business or economic conditions may be limited, and we may be unable to engage in certain activities that otherwise may be beneficial to our business. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to meet the financial covenants under our credit facility, or that in the event of noncompliance, we will be able to obtain waivers or amendments from our lender. If we fail to comply with the terms of the agreement, our lender could decide to call any amounts outstanding immediately, and there can be no assurance that we would have adequate resources or collateral to satisfy the demand. Any such scenario would have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

Our largest stockholder has the abilityto significantly influence corporate actions.

A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., one of our co-founders, owns approximately 18% of our outstanding common stock. Under an agreement we have entered into with Mr. Stephenson, so long as Mr. Stephenson beneficially owns 10% or more (but less than 30%) of our outstanding common stock, Mr. Stephenson will be entitled to designate one of our nominees for election to the board, although he has not currently exercised this right. In addition, our bylaws allow that any holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock may call a special meeting of our stockholders. The concentration of voting power in Mr. Stephenson's hands, and the control Mr. Stephenson may exercise over us as described above, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control that might otherwise benefit our stockholders.

Our stock price has been volatile and may decline significantly andunexpectedly.

The market price of our common stock has been volatile, and could be subject to wide fluctuations, in response to quarterly variations in our operating results, changes in management, the degree of success in implementing our business and growth strategies, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations, announcements of technological innovations or new products and services by us or our competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, the perception that significant stockholders may sell or intend to sell their shares, or other events or factors we cannot currently foresee. We are also subject to broad market fluctuations, given the overall volatility of the current U.S. and global economies, where the market prices of equity securities of many companies experience substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Additionally, because our common stock trades at relatively low volume levels, any change in demand for our stock can be expected to substantially influence market prices thereof.

Implementation of changes in tax law could have an adverse impact on our financial results

The Tax Cut and Jobs Act was signed by the President on December 22, 2017 and has significant changes to the tax laws applicable to us including a reduction in the corporate tax rate to 21%, the enactment of 100% depreciation expensing for capital expenditures and other items.  We are still reviewing the potential impacts of the recent changes; however, we cannot predict any future tax law changes which could have an impact on our future tax liabilities.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

12

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2017, we had operating centers in the following cities, containing in the aggregate approximately 1,010,000 square feet:

Properties	Approximate Square Feet
Domestic:
U.S. Facilities
Bismarck, North Dakota	5,200
Colorado Springs, Colorado	41,000
Farmington, Missouri	33,800
Grand Junction, Colorado	54,500
Greeley, Colorado	35,000
Greenwood Village, Colorado (Headquarters)	13,300
Hamilton, Ohio	40,200
Hot Springs, Arkansas	38,800
Jeffersonville, Indiana	34,000
Lutz, Florida	6,300
Lynchburg, Virginia	41,300
Mansfield, Ohio	50,000
Myrtle Beach, South Carolina	54,500
San Antonio, Texas	35,700
Canadian Facilities
Kingston, Ontario	49,000
Offshore:
Philippine Facilities
Angeles City, Philippines	62,200
Frontera Verde, Philippines	93,400
Iloilo, Philippines	96,400
Makati City, Philippines	99,690
Nearshore:
Honduras Facilities
San Pedro Sula, Honduras	65,200
Tegucigalpa, Honduras	34,800
Jamaican Facility
Kingston, Jamaica	25,300

All the above facilities are leased. Sites that are not currently operating as of December 31, 2017 are not included in the list above.

Substantially all of our facility space can be used to support any of our business process outsourced services. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current operations. We intend to maintain efficient levels of excess capacity to enable us to readily provide for needs of new clients and increasing needs of existing clients.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

None.

13

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Part II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SRT” since the effective date of our initial public offering on June 19, 1997. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NYSE for the periods shown:

	High	Low
2017
First Quarter	$9.80	$7.75
Second Quarter	$12.67	$8.49
Third Quarter	$14.78	$10.45
Fourth Quarter	$12.58	$9.55
2016
First Quarter	$5.02	$3.41
Second Quarter	$4.85	$3.74
Third Quarter	$6.40	$4.15
Fourth Quarter	$9.22	$5.70
2015
First Quarter	$10.12	$7.40
Second Quarter	$8.51	$5.75
Third Quarter	$6.05	$2.86
Fourth Quarter	$4.72	$3.25

HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

As of March 12, 2018, there were approximately 26 record holders and 16,199,122 shares of common stock outstanding.  See Item 1A.  “Risk Factors,” set forth in this Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to control that may be exercised over us by our principal stockholders.

DIVIDEND POLICY

On January 22, 2007, our board of directors announced it would not declare a quarterly dividend on our common stock in the first quarter of 2007, and did not expect to declare dividends in the near future, making the dividend paid in November 2006 the last quarterly dividend that will be paid for the foreseeable future.  We plan to invest in growth initiatives and pay down debt in lieu of paying dividends.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

Effective November 4, 2004, our board of directors authorized repurchases of up to $25 million of our common stock. The repurchase program will remain in effect until terminated by the board of directors, and will allow us to repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time on the open market, in block trades and in privately-negotiated transactions. Repurchases will be implemented by the Chief Financial Officer consistent with the guidelines adopted by the board of directors, and will depend on market conditions and other factors. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock, and will be available for general corporate purposes. Any repurchases will be made in accordance with SEC rules. As of the date of this filing, no shares have been repurchased under this program.

14

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock over the past five years with the cumulative total return of the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index ("NYSE Composite") and of the Russell 2000 Index ("Russell 2000") over the same period. We do not believe stock price performance shown on the graph is necessarily indicative of future price performance.

The information set forth under the heading "Stock Performance Graph" is not deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC or subject to the SEC's proxy rules or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and the graph shall not be deemed to be incorporated into any of our prior or subsequent filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

15

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto which are included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data," of this Form 10-K. Additionally, the following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," which is included in Item 7.

	Year Ended December 31,
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data	2017			2016			2015			2014		2013
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue	$	292,604		$	307,200		$	282,134		250,080		231,257
Cost of services	260,242			270,779			257,830			219,608		206,932
Gross profit	32,362			36,421			24,304			30,472		24,325
Selling, general and administrative expenses	32,584			33,196			34,427			31,397		28,828
Impairment losses and restructuring charges, net	520			364			3,890			3,965		94
Operating income (loss)	(742		)	2,861			(14,013		)	(4,890	)	(4,597	)
Interest and other (expense), net	(970		)	(1,748		)	(1,139		)	(6	)	(1,579	)
Income (loss) before income taxes	(1,712		)	1,113			(15,152		)	(4,896	)	(6,176	)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(436		)	718			464			564		230
Net income (loss)	$	(1,276	)	$	395		$	(15,616	)	(5,460	)	(6,406	)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	(0.08		)	0.03			(1.01		)	(0.35	)	(0.42	)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	(0.08		)	0.02			(1.01		)	(0.35	)	(0.42	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	15,966			15,731			15,529			15,394		15,339
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	15,966			16,258			15,529			15,394		15,339
Balance Sheet Data
Total assets	$	95,998		$	106,808		$	114,804		93,793		89,717
Long Term Liabilities	23,111			7,700			10,445			7,440		3,045
Total stockholders’ equity	46,939			44,744			41,925			54,681		58,174
Other Selected Financial Data
Capital expenditures, net of proceeds	7,185			3,797			7,722			11,661		8,843
Depreciation and amortization	11,080			12,250			13,261			10,379		12,527
Cash dividends declared per common share	—			—			—			—		—

16

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

OVERVIEW

STARTEK is a business process outsourcing services company with employees we call Brand Warriors who, for over 30 years, have been committed to making a positive impact on our clients’ business results. Our mission is to enable and empower our Brand Warriors to promote our clients’ brands every day and bring value to our stakeholders. We accomplish this by aligning with our clients’ business objectives.

STARTEK has proven results for the multiple services we provide, including sales, order management and provisioning, customer care, technical support, receivables management, and retention programs.  We manage programs using a variety of multi-channel customer interactions, including voice, chat, email, social media and back-office support.  STARTEK has facilities in Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, United States, and the Philippines.

We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: Domestic, Nearshore and Offshore. For the year-ended December 31, 2017, our Domestic segment included the operations of thirteen facilities in the U.S. and one facility in Canada. Our Nearshore segment included the operations of two facilities in Honduras and one facility in Jamaica. Our Offshore segment included the operations of four facilities in the Philippines.

We primarily evaluate segment operating performance in each reporting segment based on revenue and gross profit. Certain operating expenses are not allocated to each reporting segment; therefore, we do not present income statement information by reporting segment below the gross profit level.

SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENTS

New Facilities

In November 2017, we commenced operations in San Antonio, Texas. We entered into a one year sublease for the fully furnished facility.

In January 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for a new facility in Kingston, Jamaica.

Site Closures

In June 2017, we ceased operations in Tell City, Indiana. Accordingly, we recorded a restructuring reserve of $0.4 million for employee related and facility related costs. The restructuring plan will be completed in second quarter 2018.

In January 2018, we made the decision to discontinue our operation in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We plan to vacate the facility in March.

Amazon Agreement

On January 23, 2018, we and Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”) entered into a transaction agreement, pursuant to which we issued to Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Amazon, a warrant to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of our common stock, subject to certain vesting events. We and Amazon entered into the transaction agreement in connection with existing commercial arrangements pursuant to which we provide and will continue to provide commercial services to Amazon. The vesting of the Warrant Shares is linked to payments made by Amazon or its affiliates (directly or indirectly through third parties) pursuant to the existing commercial arrangements, with full vesting tied to Amazon's payment of up to $600 million to us in connection with Amazon's receipt of commercial services from us.

Aegis Transaction Agreement

On March 14, 2018 we entered into a Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) with CSP Alpha Midco Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (“Aegis”), and CSP Alpha Holdings Parent Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (the “Aegis Stockholder”) pursuant to which we, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder agreed to, among other things: (1) the sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of Aegis by the Aegis Stockholder to us; (2) the issuance of 20,600,000 shares, as may be adjusted for stock splits, consolidation and other similar corporate events, of our common stock in consideration of such sale; (3) the amendment of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, in

17

order to effect such issuance and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; and (4) in addition to the transactions set forth above, the purchase at the closing of additional shares of our common stock by the Aegis Stockholder, for $10 million at a price of $12 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Transaction Agreement.

Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, Aegis will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of us and the Aegis Stockholder will hold approximately 55% of our outstanding common stock. We, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder have each agreed to customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement are subject to specified closing conditions.

Notice of Client Termination

On March 9, 2018, we received an unsigned letter from Sprint purporting to notify us that they would be eliminating all business with us by June 29, 2018, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the parties.  The unsigned letter is not effective notice under the terms of the contract between the parties and we remain in discussions with Sprint regarding termination and exit.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017AND2016

 The following table summarizes our revenues and gross profit for the periods indicated, by reporting segment:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2017					2016
	(in 000s)			(% of Total)		(in 000s)			(% of Total)
Domestic:
Revenue	$	171,188		58.5	%	$	186,061		60.6	%
Cost of services	163,859			63.0	%	173,669			64.1	%
Gross profit	$	7,329		22.6	%	$	12,392		34.0	%
Gross profit %	4.3		%			6.7		%
Offshore
Revenue	77,074			26.3	%	76,868			25.0	%
Cost of services	58,281			22.4	%	60,261			22.3	%
Gross profit	$	18,793		58.1	%	$	16,607		45.6	%
Gross profit %	24.4		%			21.6		%
Nearshore
Revenue	44,342			15.2	%	44,271			14.4	%
Cost of services	38,102			14.6	%	36,849			13.6	%
Gross profit	$	6,240		19.3	%	$	7,422		20.4	%
Gross profit %	14.1		%			16.8		%
Company Total:
Revenue	$	292,604		100.0	%	$	307,200		100.0	%
Cost of services	260,242			100.0	%	270,779			100.0	%
Gross profit	$	32,362		100.0	%	$	36,421		100.0	%
Gross profit %	11.1		%			11.9		%

Revenue

Revenue decreased by $14.6 million, or 4.8%, from $307.2 million in 2016 to $292.6 million in 2017. The decrease was due to $34.8 million in reductions related to the Company's margin improvement initiative and the related temporary decline in production billings, and $8.0 million in lost programs, partially offset by $28.2 million net growth from new and existing clients. The Domestic segment decrease of $14.9 million was due to $27.8 million in reductions from the Company's margin improvement initiative and $5.9 million of lost programs, partially offset by $18.8 million net growth from new and existing clients. Offshore revenues increased by $0.2 million due to $5.9 million of growth from new and existing clients, partially offset by $5.1 million in reductions related to the Company's margin improvement initiative and $0.6 million of lost programs. The increase in the Nearshore segment of $0.1 million was due to $3.4 growth from new and existing clients, partially offset by $1.9 million in reductions related to the Company's margin improvement initiative and $1.4 million of lost programs.

18

Cost of Services and Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased 0.8%, primarily due to the Company's margin improvement initiative with flat fixed costs and the related temporary decline in production billings. Domestic gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased to 4.3% in 2017 from 6.7% in 2016 primarily due to the Company's margin improvement initiative and the related temporary decline in production billings. The Offshore increase of 2.8% was primarily due to increased volumes and the resulting increase in capacity utilization, and the Company's margin improvement initiative resulting in a greater concentration of higher margin clients. Nearshore gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased 2.7%, due to the Company's margin improvement initiative and the related temporary decline in production billings, primarily relating to the business mix within existing clients during this transition.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were 11.1% and 10.8% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The percentage increase was primarily due to the decrease in revenue year over year, while the decrease of $0.6 million was driven primarily by lower payroll-related expenses.

Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges, Net

During 2017 and 2016, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in impairment losses in our Domestic and Nearshore segments associated with closure of a facility and the impairment of certain assets after an analysis indicated estimated future cash flows were insufficient to support the carrying values.

Restructuring charges totaled $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which primarily consisted of costs related to a site closure in the Domestic segment.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net for 2017 was ($1.0) million, which consists primarily of ($1.6) million of interest expense on our revolving line of credit and other debt, offset by a recovery of $0.5 million during the second quarter.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax benefit for 2017 was ($0.4) million, compared to $0.7 million of expense in 2016.  Income tax benefit in 2017 is primarily related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) affecting our U.S. operations, offset by income tax expense primarily related to our Canadian operations. The Act, signed into law on December 22, 2017, makes significant modifications to U.S. federal income tax laws including reducing the corporate tax rate to 21 percent starting January 1, 2018 and transitioning the U.S. to a territorial tax regime. Consequently, we recorded an adjustment to the Company’s deferred tax liability and a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our U.S. operations have a valuation allowance recorded on deferred tax assets and we have tax holidays in Honduras, Jamaica, and for certain facilities in the Philippines. For more information, refer to Note 13, “Income Taxes” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Net Income / Loss

As a result of the factors described above, the net loss was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to net income of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

19

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2016					2015
	(in 000s)			(% of Total)		(in 000s)			(% of Total)
Domestic:
Revenue	$	186,061		60.6	%	$	169,945		60.2	%
Cost of services	173,669			64.1	%	158,331			61.4	%
Gross profit	$	12,392		34.0	%	$	11,614		47.8	%
Gross profit %	6.7		%			6.8		%
Offshore
Revenue	76,868			25.0	%	72,914			25.8	%
Cost of services	60,261			22.3	%	66,242			25.7	%
Gross profit	$	16,607		45.6	%	$	6,672		27.5	%
Gross profit %	21.6		%			9.2		%
Nearshore
Revenue	44,271			14.4	%	39,275			13.9	%
Cost of services	36,849			13.6	%	33,257			12.9	%
Gross profit	$	7,422		20.4	%	$	6,018		24.8	%
Gross profit %	16.8		%			15.3		%
Company Total:
Revenue	$	307,200		100.0	%	$	282,134		100.0	%
Cost of services	270,779			100.0	%	257,830			100.0	%
Gross profit	$	36,421		100.0	%	$	24,304		100.0	%
Gross profit %	11.9		%			8.6		%

Revenue

Revenue increased by $25.1 million, or 8.9%, from $282.1 million in 2015 to $307.2 million in 2016. This includes ACCENT revenue of $28.0 million and $20.8 million of new business and growth from existing clients, partially offset by $23.7 million of lost programs. The Domestic segment increase of $16.1 million was due to $24.5 million from the acquisition of ACCENT and $11.0 million of new business and growth from existing clients, partially offset by $19.4 million of lost programs. Offshore revenues increased by $4.0 million due to $6.2 million of growth from existing and new clients, partially offset by$2.2 of lost programs. The increase in the Nearshore segment of $5.0 million was due to $3.5 million from the acquisition of ACCENT and $4.3 million of growth from existing and new clients, partially offset by $2.8 million of lost revenue.

Cost of Services and Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased 3.3%, primarily due to the benefit of ongoing contract optimization efforts and increased capacity utilization. Domestic gross profit as a percentage of revenue remained steady at 6.7% in 2016 compared to 6.8% in 2015. The Offshore increase of 12.4% was primarily due to an increase in capacity utilization. Nearshore gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased 1.5%, due to continuing increased capacity utilization.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were 10.8% and 12.2% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the full year impact of synergies realized from recent acquisitions and continued expense management efforts.

20

Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges, Net

During 2016 and 2015, we recognized $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in impairment losses in our Nearshore and Domestic segments associated with certain assets after an impairment analysis indicated estimated future cash flows were insufficient to support the carrying values.

Restructuring charges totaled $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which primarily consisted of costs related to site closures in the Domestic and Nearshore segments.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net for 2016 was $1.7 million of expense, which consists primarily of $1.6 million of interest expense on our revolving line of credit and other debt.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for 2016 was $0.7 million, compared to $0.5 million in 2015.  2016 income tax expense is related to the tax provisions for the U.S., Canada, and the Philippines.  Our U.S. operations have a valuation allowance recorded on deferred tax assets and we have tax holidays in Honduras, Jamaica, and for certain facilities in the Philippines.

Net Income / Loss

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a loss of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated by operating activities and from available borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility. We have historically utilized these resources to finance our operations and make capital expenditures associated with capacity expansion, upgrades of information technologies and service offerings, and business acquisitions. Due to the timing of our collections of receivables due from our major customers, we have historically needed to draw on the line of credit and factor accounts receivable for ongoing working capital needs. We believe our cash and cash equivalents, cash from operations and available credit will be sufficient to operate our business for the next 12 months.

As of December 31, 2017, working capital totaled $32.2 million and our current ratio was 2.24:1, compared to working capital of $10.7 million and a current ratio of 1.2:1 at December 31, 2016. The increase in 2017 was primarily driven by the reclassification of the revolving credit facility balance from short-term to long-term liabilities. See Note 10, "Debt," to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, "Financial Statements" for additional details.

We operate our treasury department from our headquarters office in Greenwood Village, Colorado. Our policy is to centralize and protect our global cash balances by holding balances in the US and primarily in U.S. dollar ("USD"). We fund our operating subsidiaries as payments are due and attempt to minimize subsidiary cash balances to the extent possible.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange fluctuations in the foreign countries in which we operate. We enter into foreign currency exchange contracts to mitigate these risks where possible. Please refer to Item 7A. "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk," for more information.

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company's foreign subsidiaries was $1.4 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Under current tax laws and regulations, if cash and cash equivalents held outside the United States are distributed to the United States in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes.

Cash and cash equivalents was $1.5 million at December 31, 2017, compared to a balance of $1.0 million at December 31, 2016.

21

Cash flows from operating activities

For the years 2017, 2016 and 2015 we reported net cash flows from operating activities of $15.5 million, $10.9 million and $(4.6) million, respectively. The increase from 2016 to 2017 was driven primarily by an increase in cash flows related to net changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by decreases in net income and non-cash items. Cash flows from operating activities can vary significantly from year to year depending upon the timing of operating cash receipts and payments, especially accounts receivable and accounts payable.

Cash flows used in investing activities

For the years 2017, 2016 and 2015 we reported net cash outflows from investing activitiesof $(6.8) million, $(4.6) million and $(25.0) million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities of $(6.8) million in 2017 primarily consisted of $7.2 million of capital expenditures partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of assets of $0.4 million. In 2016, we paid $0.8 million for acquisitions and $3.8 million for capital expenditures. In 2015, we paid $18.3 million for acquisitions and $7.7 million for capital expenditures and we sold assets for proceeds of $1.0 million.

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

For the years 2017, 2016 and 2015 we reported net cash flows from (used in) financing activitiesof $(8.8) million, $(8.8) million and $26.5 million respectively. In 2017 we paid down $6.9 million on our line of credit and $2.9 million on other financing arrangements, in addition to collecting $1.0 million from the issuance of stock. In 2016, we paid down $6.2 million on our line of credit and $3.1 million on other financing arrangements, in addition to collecting $0.4 million from the issuance of stock. In 2015, we borrowed an additional $27.6 million on our line of credit primarily to fund the acquisition and integration of ACCENT, paid down $2.0 million on other financing arrangements and collected $0.9 million from the issuance of stock.

Other factors impacting liquidity

Our business currently has a high concentration in a few principal clients. The loss of a principal client and/or changes in timing or termination of a principal client's product launches or service offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, operating results, or financial condition. These client relationships are further discussed in Item 1A, "Risk Factors" and in Note 6. "Principal Clients," to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included at Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data," of this form 10-K. To limit our credit risk, management from time to time will perform credit evaluations of our clients. Although we are directly impacted by the economic conditions in which our clients operate, management does not believe substantial credit risk existed as of December 31, 2017.

There is a risk that the counterparties to our hedging instruments could suffer financial difficulties due to economic conditions or other reasons and we could realize losses on these arrangements which could impact our liquidity. However, we do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counterparties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

Because we service relatively few, large clients, the availability of cash is highly dependent on the timing of collections of our accounts receivable. As a result, we borrow cash from our line of credit facility to cover short-term cash needs. These borrowings are typically outstanding for a short period of time before they are repaid. However, our debt balance can fluctuate significantly during any given quarter as part of our ordinary course of business. Accordingly, our debt balance at the end of any given period is not necessarily indicative of the debt balance at any other time during that period.

We have entered into factoring agreements with financial institutions to sell certain of our accounts receivable under non-recourse agreements.  These transactions are accounted for as a reduction in accounts receivable because the agreements transfer effective control over and risk related to the receivables to the buyers.  We do not service any factored accounts after the factoring has occurred. We utilize factoring arrangements as part of our financing for working capital. The aggregate gross amount factored under these agreements was $82,690, $51,684 and $33,980 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Although management cannot accurately anticipate effects of domestic and foreign inflation on our operations, management does not believe inflation has had a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. However, there is a risk that inflation could occur in certain countries in which we operate which could have an adverse effect on our financial results. We engage in hedging activities which may reduce this risk; however, currency hedges do not, and will not, eliminate our exposure to foreign inflation.

22

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Other than operating leases for certain equipment, real estate and commitments to purchase goods and services in the future, in each case as reflected in the table below, we have no off-balance sheet transactions, unconditional purchase obligations or similar instruments and we are not guarantor of any other entities' debt or other financial obligations. The following table presents a summary (in thousands), by period, of our future contractual obligations and payments as of December 31, 2017.

	2018		2019		2020		2021		2022		Thereafter		Total
Operating leases	$	11,228	$	7,561	$	4,335	$	2,985	$	2,610	$	3,689	$	32,408
Capital leases	2,134		2,049		487		—		—		—		4,670
Notes payable	566		566		330		—		—		—		1,462
Purchase obligations (1)	7,481		3,567		1,088		—		—		—		12,136
Line of Credit	546		546		19,260		—		—		—		20,352
Total contractual obligations	$	21,955	$	14,289	$	25,500	$	2,985	$	2,610	$	3,689	$	71,027

⁽¹⁾ Purchase obligations include commitments to purchase goods and services that in some cases may include provisions for cancellation.

Debt instruments and related covenants

On April 29, 2015, we entered into a secured revolving credit facility ("Credit Agreement") with BMO Harris Bank N.A. ("Lender").  The Credit Agreement is effective through April 2020 and the amount we may borrow under the agreement is the lesser of the borrowing base calculation or $50,000, and so long as no default has occurred and with the Administrative Agent’s consent, we may increase the maximum availability to $70,000 in $5,000 increments. We may request letters of credit under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of the borrowing base calculation (minus outstanding advances) and $5,000. The borrowing base is generally defined as 85% of our eligible accounts receivable less certain reserves as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Our borrowings bear interest at one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% to 1.75%, depending on current availability. We will pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit outstanding and a monthly unused fee at a rate per annum of 0.25% on the aggregate unused commitment under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding letters of credit totaled $893.

The Credit Agreement contains standard affirmative and negative covenants that may restrict or limit our ability to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness and engage in mergers and acquisitions. We are required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 if a reporting trigger period commences.

On November 6, 2015, we entered into a second amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment replaced the fixed charge coverage ratio with a Consolidated EBITDA covenant, modified the Consolidated EBITDA definition, and decreased the limits on future capital expenditures.

On January 20, 2016, we entered into a third amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment established the Consolidated EBITDA covenants for each month of 2016 that apply if we cross the availability threshold in the Credit Agreement.

On March 28, 2017, we entered into a fourth amendment to our Credit Agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. (the “Lender”).  The fourth amendment extends the term of the agreement until March 28, 2022 while also amending certain of the financial covenants as follows: 1) reduces the maximum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and 2) removes the monetary cap on non-financed capital expenditures for 2017 and each fiscal year thereafter during the term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the amendment removes the requirement that funds collected be automatically applied to our credit facility balance, unless a trigger event occurs. As a result, the balance sheet classification has been changed from short-term liabilities to long-term liabilities beginning in the first quarter of 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all debt covenants, and we had outstanding borrowings of $19,078, and our remaining borrowing capacity was $29,602.

23

Other debt

From time to time, we enter into financing agreements such as notes payable and capital lease obligations, in order to facilitate the fit-out of new locations. The implied interest rates for these agreements range from 3% to 20%; the terms range from five to seven years.

VARIABILITY OF OPERATING RESULTS

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience some quarterly variations in revenue and operating results due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control, including: (i) timing and amount of costs incurred to expand capacity in order to provide for volume growth from existing and future clients; (ii) changes in the volume of services provided to principal clients; (iii) expiration or termination of client projects or contracts; (iv) timing of existing and future client product launches or service offerings; (v) seasonal nature of certain clients’ businesses; and (vi) variability in demand for our services by our clients depending on demand for their products or services and/or depending on our performance.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our accounting estimates on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

We have discussed the development and selection of critical accounting policies and estimates with our Audit Committee. We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We invoice our business process outsourcing services clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenue for such services when completed. For substantially all of our contractual arrangements for business process outsourcing services, we recognize revenue based either on the billable hours or minutes of each customer service representative, at rates provided in the client contract, or on a rate-per-transaction basis. The contractual rates can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred. As a general rule, our contracts are not multiple element contracts. We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are recognized as incurred. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is in compliance with the ASU. Therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method of adoption for ASU 2014-09. We have determined that we will need to include information on disaggregated revenue, as well as additional detail related to performance obligations and information about the methods, inputs and assumptions used in recognizing revenue, in the disclosures to our consolidated financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2018.

For more information, refer to Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and credit risk.

24

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at and/or marked to fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. Nevertheless, if certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets, we must use alternative valuation techniques to derive a fair value measurement.

For more information, refer to Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets.  In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers. Refer to Note 4 “Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges” for additional information on impairment of long-lived assets recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded at fair value and not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment ("Step 0") to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit is "more likely than not" less than the carrying amount or if significant changes related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. We can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, "Step 1" is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any. This step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. We define our reporting units to be the same as our operating segments and have elected to perform the annual impairment assessment for goodwill in the fourth quarter. Refer to Note 3 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for additional information on impairment of goodwill recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

25

Restructuring Charges

On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with our postemployment plans and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable.  Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan.  A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities.  We determine our estimate of sublease payments based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords, a third-party broker or management’s assessment of our ability to sublease the facility based upon the market conditions in which the facility is located. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain. 

For more information, refer to Note 4, “Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We record derivative instruments as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

We are generally able to apply cash flow hedge accounting, which associates the results of the hedges with forecasted future expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

For more information, refer to Note 7, “Derivative Instruments,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations. We are required to estimate our income taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences are recorded as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period during which such rates are enacted.  We record a valuation allowance when it is "more likely than not" that we will not realize the net deferred tax assets in a certain jurisdiction.

We consider all available evidence to determine whether it is "more likely than not" that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become realizable.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), and projected taxable income in assessing the validity of deferred tax assets.  In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. In order to fully realize the U.S. deferred tax assets, we will need to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code.

We do not provide for deferred taxes on the excess of the financial reporting basis over the tax basis in our investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration or not subject to taxation in the US or in the local country.  In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in those operations. Generally, the

26

earnings of our foreign subsidiaries become subject to U.S. taxation based on certain provisions in U.S. tax law such as the recently enacted territorial transition tax under section 965 and under certain other circumstances. Exceptions may be made on a year-by-year basis to repatriate current year earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries based on cash needs in the U.S.

Based on all available evidence, in particular our historical cumulative losses and recent operating losses, we recorded a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets.  The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $18.9 million, $27.4 million and $28.2 million, respectively.  In order to fully realize the U.S. deferred tax assets, we will need to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code.  As of December 31, 2017, we had gross federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $49.9 million expiring beginning in 2030 and gross state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $70.0 million expiring beginning in 2018.

For more information, refer to Note 13, “Income Taxes,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss based on the share-based payments’ fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments. We estimate forfeitures when calculating compensation expense. We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.

For more information, refer to Note 11, “Share-Based Compensation,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

Market risk relating to our foreign operations results primarily from changes in foreign exchange rates. To address this risk, we enter into foreign currency forward and options contracts. The contracts cover periods commensurate with expected exposure, generally three to twelve months, and are secured through a reserve on our availability calculation with our Lender. The cumulative translation effects for subsidiaries using functional currencies other than the USD are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. Movements in non-USD currency exchange rates may negatively or positively affect our competitive position, as exchange rate changes may affect business practices and/or pricing strategies of non-U.S. based competitors.

We serve many of our U.S.-based clients in non-U.S. locations. Our client contracts are primarily priced and invoiced in USD; however, the functional currencies of our Canadian, Philippine, and Jamaican operations are the Canadian dollar ("CAD") and the Philippine peso ("PHP"), and the Jamaican Dollar ("JMD"), respectively. In Honduras, our functional currency is the USD and the majority of our costs are denominated in USD.

In order to hedge our exposure to foreign currency and short-term intercompany transactions denominated in the CAD and PHP, we had outstanding foreign currency forward and option contracts as of December 31, 2017 with notional amounts totaling $33 million. The average contractual exchange rate for the CAD contracts is 1.31 and for the PHP contracts is 51.95.

As of December 31, 2017, we had derivative assets and liabilities associated with these contracts with a fair value of $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, which will settle within the next 12 months. If the USD were to weaken against the CAD and PHP by 10% from current period-end levels, we would incur a loss of approximately $5.1 million on the underlying exposures of the derivative instruments. As of December 31, 2017, we have not entered into any arrangements to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in the Honduran lempira or the Jamaican dollar relative to the USD.

Interest Rate Risk

We currently have a $50.0 million secured credit facility, which, if certain conditions are met, can increase to $70.0 million. The interest rate on our credit facility is variable based upon the LIBOR index, and, therefore, is affected by changes in market

27

interest rates. If the LIBOR increased 100 basis points, there would not be a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

28

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

StarTek, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

29

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

StarTek, Inc.

Greenwood Village, Colorado

OPINIONS ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of StarTek, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each year in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We have also audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control ‑ Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each year in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control ‑ Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.

BASIS FOR OPINIONS

The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

30

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

EKS&H LLLP

March 16, 2018

Denver, Colorado

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

31

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Revenue	$	292,604		$	307,200		$	282,134
Cost of services	260,242			270,779			257,830
Gross profit	32,362			36,421			24,304
Selling, general and administrative expenses	32,584			33,196			34,427
Impairment losses and restructuring charges, net	520			364			3,890
Operating income (loss)	(742		)	2,861			(14,013		)
Interest and other (expense), net	(970		)	(1,748		)	(1,139		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	(1,712		)	1,113			(15,152		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(436		)	718			464
Net income (loss)	$	(1,276	)	$	395		$	(15,616	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	141			297			(47		)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments	691			(248		)	(427		)
Pension remeasurement	601			253			—
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	157		$	697		$	(16,090	)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	(0.08	)	$	0.03		$	(1.01	)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	(0.08		)	0.02			(1.01		)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	15,966			15,731			15,529
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	15,966			16,258			15,529

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

32

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

	As of December 31,
	2017			2016
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,456		$	1,039
Trade accounts receivable, net	53,052			60,179
Prepaid expenses	2,351			2,140
Other current assets	1,290			1,670
Total current assets	58,149			65,028
Property, plant and equipment, net	19,943			23,276
Intangible assets, net	5,557			6,697
Goodwill	9,077			9,077
Other long-term assets	3,272			2,730
Total assets	$	95,998		$	106,808
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	7,019		$	7,612
Accrued liabilities:
Accrued employee compensation and benefits	12,850			13,767
Other accrued liabilities	2,105			2,083
Line of credit	—			26,025
Other current debt	2,725			2,740
Other current liabilities	1,249			2,137
Total current liabilities	25,948			54,364
Line of credit	19,078			—
Other debt	3,128			5,500
Other liabilities	905			2,200
Total liabilities	49,059			62,064
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, 32,000,000 non-convertible shares, $0.01 par value, authorized; 16,175,351 and 15,811,516 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively	162			158
Additional paid-in capital	82,594			80,560
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	1,384			(49		)
Accumulated deficit	(37,201		)	(35,925		)
Total stockholders’ equity	46,939			44,744
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	95,998		$	106,808

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

33

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	(1,276	)	$	395		$	(15,616	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	11,080			12,250			13,261
Impairment losses	109			174			323
Provision for doubtful accounts	(40		)	112			132
Gain (loss) on sale of assets	3			(3		)	(509		)
Share-based compensation expense	1,015			1,722			1,469
Amortization of deferred gain on sale leaseback transaction	—			—			(168		)
Deferred income taxes	(327		)	265			210
Income tax benefit related to other comprehensive income	(511		)	(31		)	(282		)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable, net	7,187			(2,343		)	(2,580		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	781			723			(490		)
Accounts payable	(537		)	(2,331		)	764
Accrued and other liabilities	(1,956		)	4			(1,150		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	15,528			10,937			(4,636		)
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of assets	350			40			982
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	(7,185		)	(3,797		)	(7,722		)
Cash paid for acquisitions of businesses	—			(825		)	(18,258		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(6,835		)	(4,582		)	(24,998		)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock	1,023			400			917
Proceeds from line of credit	307,866			302,711			318,890
Principal payments on line of credit	(314,813		)	(308,900		)	(291,316		)
Principal payments on other debt	(2,860		)	(3,055		)	(1,972		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(8,784		)	(8,844		)	26,519
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	508			902			435
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	417			(1,587		)	(2,680		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	$	1,039		$	2,626		$	5,306
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,456		$	1,039		$	2,626
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest	$	1,623		$	1,553		$	1,601
Cash paid for income taxes	$	373		$	564		$	348
Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing Activities
Assets acquired through capital lease and direct financing	$	—		$	54		$	7,388

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

34

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

	Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders' Equity
	Shares	Amount
Balance, January 1, 2015	15,414,803	$	154	$	76,056	$	(825	)	$	(20,704	)	$	54,681
Issuance of common stock	284,595	3		936		—			—			939
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		1,447		—			—			1,447
Net loss	—	—		—		—			(15,616		)	(15,616		)
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—		—		474			—			474
Balance, December 31, 2015	15,699,398	$	157	$	78,439	$	(351	)	$	(36,320	)	$	41,925
Issuance of common stock	112,118	1		399		—			—			400
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		1,722		—			—			1,722
Net income	—	—		—		—			395			395
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—		—		302			—			302
Balance, December 31, 2016	15,811,516	$	158	$	80,560	$	(49	)	$	(35,925	)	$	44,744
Issuance of common stock	363,835	4		1,019		—			—			1,023
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		1,015		—			—			1,015
Net loss	—	—		—		—			(1,276		)	(1,276		)
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—		—		1,433			—			1,433
Balance, December 31, 2017	16,175,351	$	162	$	82,594	$	1,384		$	(37,201	)	$	46,939

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

35

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

StarTek, Inc. ("STARTEK") is a comprehensive contact center and business process outsourcing services company. For over 25 years, we have partnered with our clients to effectively handle their customers throughout the customer life cycle. We have provided customer experience management solutions that solve strategic business challenges so that businesses can effectively manage customer relationships across all contact points. Headquartered in Greenwood Village, Colorado, we operate facilities in the U.S., Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, and the Philippines.  We operate within three business segments:  Domestic, Nearshore, and Offshore.  Refer to Note 16, "Segment Information," for further information.

Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of significant intercompany balances and transactions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts included in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period they are determined to be necessary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments.  Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial.  We regularly monitor credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss.  We evaluate the creditworthiness of clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes of revenue recognition and accounts receivable.  We do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

Foreign Currency

The assets and liabilities of our foreign operations that are recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in interest and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Such gains and losses were not material for any period presented.

Revenue Recognition

We invoice our clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenues for such services when completed. Substantially all of our contractual arrangements are based either on a production rate, meaning that we recognize revenue based on the billable hours or minutes of each call center agent, or on a rate per transaction basis.  These rates could be based on the number of paid hours the agent works, the number of minutes the agent is available to answer calls, or the number of minutes the agent is actually handling calls for the client, depending on the client contract.  Production rates vary by client contract and can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred based on a measurement of the appropriate penalty under the terms of the client contract.  Likewise, some client contracts stipulate that we are entitled to bonuses should we meet or exceed these predetermined quality and/or performance obligations.  These bonuses are recognized as incremental revenue in the period in which they are earned.

36

As a general rule, our contracts do not qualify for separate unit of accounting for multiple deliverables.  We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are expensed as incurred.

We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is substantially in compliance with the ASU. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method for adoption of ASU 2014-09, therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided for known and estimated potential losses arising from sales to customers based on a periodic review of these accounts.  The allowance for doubtful accounts was $52 and $244, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, restructuring liabilities, and line of credit approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and credit risk.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Refer to Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional information on how we determine fair value for our assets and liabilities.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity at purchase that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Our derivative instruments consist of foreign currency forward and option contracts and are recorded as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income.  Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in the statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

We generally are able to apply cash flow hedge accounting which associates the results of the hedges with forecasted future intercompany expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted intercompany expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  During

37

2017, 2016, and 2015, our cash flow hedges were highly effective and hedge ineffectiveness was not material. While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment, are stated at depreciated cost. Additions and improvement activities are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings and building improvements	10-30 years
Telephone and computer equipment	3-5 years
Software	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	5-7 years

We depreciate leasehold improvements associated with operating leases over the shorter of 7 years or remaining life of the lease plus renewal term, if renewal is more likely than not.  Amortization expense related to assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets.  In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers. Refer to Note 4 “Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges” for additional information on impairment of long-lived assets recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Goodwill

Goodwill is recorded at fair value and not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment ("Step 0") to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit is "more likely than not" less than the carrying amount or if significant changes related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. We can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, "Step 1" is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any. This step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. We define our reporting units to be the same as our operating segments and have elected to perform the annual impairment assessment for goodwill in the fourth quarter. Refer to Note 3 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for additional information on impairment of goodwill recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

38

Intangible Assets

We amortize all acquisition-related intangible assets that are subject to amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life based on economic benefit as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Developed technology	8 years
Customer relationships	3-10 years
Trade name	6-7 years

We perform a review of intangible assets to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess recoverability by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization and amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life.

For further discussion of goodwill and identified intangible assets, refer to Note 3, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets."

Restructuring Charges

On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with our postemployment policy and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan. A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities.  We determine our estimate of sublease payments based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords, a third-party broker or management’s assessment of our ability to sublease the facility based upon the market conditions in which the facility is located. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain.

Leases

Rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations are included in some instances in the base price of our rent payments over the term of our operating leases. We recognize rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Assets held under capital leases are included in property, plant and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets and depreciated over the term of the lease. Rent payments under the leases are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations. We are required to estimate our income taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences are recorded as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period during which such rates are enacted.  We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that we will not realize the net deferred tax assets in a certain jurisdiction.

We record tax benefits when they are more likely than not to be realized.  Our policy is to reflect penalties and interest as part of income tax expense as they become applicable. 

39

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, based on the grant-date fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments.  We include an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense.  We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.  See Note 11, “Share-Based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans,” for further information regarding the assumptions used to calculate share-based payment expense.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) (“ASU 2018-02”), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows for stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be reclassified to retained earnings. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new standard.

In August 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) ("ASU 2017-12"), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments in this ASU better align an entity’s risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. To meet that objective, the amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU 2017-09"), Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. An entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: 1. The fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification; 2. The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and 3. The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-09 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) ("ASU 2017-04"), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the amendments eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit should be considered when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The guidance is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740) ("ASU 2016-16"), Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. The purpose of ASU 2016-16 is to simplify the income tax accounting of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and to record its effect when the transfer occurs. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-16 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

40

In June 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren't measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today's "incurred loss" approach with an "expected loss" model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary impairment model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU2016-09"), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in ASU 2016-09 address multiple aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liability, and classification on the statements of cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period. We adopted this ASU for the first quarter of 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). These amendments require the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases currently classified as operating leases under ASC 840 “Leases”. These amendments also require qualitative disclosures along with specific quantitative disclosures. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Entities are required to apply the amendments at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements, and we anticipate that adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have an impact to the financial statement presentation of right of use asset, lease liability, amortization expense, and lease expense.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements and converges areas under this topic with those of the International Financial Reporting Standards. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is prohibited. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We have assessed the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is in compliance with the ASU. Therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method of adoption for ASU 2014-09. We are currently evaluating the additional disclosures that will be required upon adoption.

2.  ACQUISITIONS

Accent Marketing Services

On June 1, 2015, we acquired 100% of the membership interests of Accent Marketing Services, L.L.C. ("ACCENT") for $17,492, pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with MDC Corporate (US) Inc. and MDC Acquisition Inc. ACCENT is a business process outsourcing company providing contact center services and customer engagement solutions across six locations in the U.S. and Jamaica.

During the first quarter of 2016, we finalized the valuation of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date resulting in an immaterial adjustment to accounts payable and goodwill.

41

3. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2017, we have recognized $9,077 of goodwill related to business acquisitions. All goodwill is assigned to our Domestic segment.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis at least annually (in the fourth quarter of each year), unless indicators of impairment exist in interim periods. We performed a quantitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units with goodwill exceeded its carrying value. In making this assessment, we evaluated overall business and overall economic conditions since the date of our acquisitions as well as expectations of projected revenues and cash flows, assumptions impacting the weighted average cost of capital and overall global industry and market conditions.

We concluded that the fair value of the domestic reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value and goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2017.

Intangible Assets

The following table presents our intangible assets as of December 31, 2017:

	Gross Intangibles		Accumulated Amortization		Net Intangibles		Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)
Developed technology	$	390	$	231	$	159	2.15
Customer relationships	7,550		2,720		4,830		3.11
Trade name	1,050		482		568		2.24
	$	8,990	$	3,433	$	5,557	2.99

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $1,140, $1,150, and $852 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We estimated future amortization expense for the succeeding years relating to the intangible assets resulting from acquisitions as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Amount
2018	$	1,140
2019	1,131
2020	1,128
2021	1,004
2022	862
Thereafter	292

We evaluated our intangible assets based on current economic and business indicators and determined they were not impaired

as of December 31, 2017.

4.  IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

Impairment Losses

During the second quarter of 2017, we closed our facility in Tell City, Indiana. The closure resulted in the recognition of an impairment loss of $53 related to the disposal of certain assets. 

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we evaluated certain equipment and recognized an impairment loss of $56 related to items that were no longer useful.

During 2015, we pursued opening additional capacity in our Nearshore segment. When it became evident that this additional capacity was not necessary, we recognized $323 of impairment losses related to certain assets we determined to be no longer

42

useful. In September 2016, we impaired the remaining value of the assets when we determined that we would not be able to sell them, resulting in an additional loss of $174.

During 2015, we terminated the lease on a portion of under-utilized space in the Offshore segment. As part of this transaction, we sold the assets that were occupying this space to the new lessee and recognized a gain on sale of $509, which is included in interest and other income (expense), net.

Restructuring Charges

The table below summarizes the balance of accrued restructuring costs by segment, which is included in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, and the changes during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	Facility-Related and Employee Related Costs
	Domestic		Nearshore		Offshore		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2015	96		9		—		105
Expense (reversal)	1,561		112		64		1,737
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(855	)	(9	)	(64	)	(928	)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	802		112		—		914
Expense (reversal)	(129	)	25		—		(104	)
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(673	)	(137	)	—		(810	)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	—		—		—		—
Expense (reversal)	411		—		—		411
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(402	)	—		—		(402	)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	9		—		—		9

Domestic Segment

In 2017, we established restructuring reserves in our Tell City location for employee related costs of $262 when the decision was made and facility related costs of $97 at the time the facilities were vacated. We recognized $52 as incurred for certain expenses, and expect to pay the remaining accrued costs by the end of second quarter 2018.

In 2015, we decided to close facilities in Enid, Oklahoma, and Kansas City, Missouri, as well as Accent's former headquarters office in Jeffersonville, Indiana. In conjunction with the ACCENT acquisition, we also eliminated a number of positions that were considered redundant. We established restructuring reserves for employee related costs of $1,289 at the time the decisions were made, and facility related costs of $272 at the time the facilities were vacated. All costs were paid as of the end of 2016.

Nearshore Segment

During 2015, we pursued opening additional capacity in our nearshore segment. When it became evident that this additional capacity was not necessary, we decided to abandon the plan and establish a restructuring reserve of $112 for the remaining facility costs. All costs were paid as of the end of 2016.

Offshore Segment

During 2015, we continued to pursue operating efficiencies through streamlining our organizational structure and leveraging our shared services centers in low-cost regions. We eliminated several positions as a result and incurred restructuring charges of $64. We paid all of these costs in 2015 and the restructuring plan is complete.

IT Transformation

During the third quarter 2015, we completed our initiative to outsource our data centers and move to a hosted solutions model. We recognized $1,461 and $1,704 as incurred, on this project in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

43

5. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed based on our weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on our weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive stock options, non-vested restricted stock, and deferred stock units, using the treasury stock method. 

When a net loss is reported, potentially issuable common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016		2015
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation:	15,966	15,731	15,731	15,529
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options	—	455		—
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	—	72		—
Total effects of dilutive securities	—	527		—
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation:	15,966	16,258		15,529

The following shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares, or we reported a net loss, and the effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Anti-dilutive securities:
Stock options	2,322	83	2,405
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	50	1	9
Total anti-dilutive securities	2,372	84	2,414

6. PRINCIPAL CLIENTS

The following table represents revenue concentration of our principal clients:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
	Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage
T-Mobile	$	88,975	30.4	%	$	74,686	24.3	%	$	69,427	24.6	%
Sprint	$	29,732	10.2	%	$	45,137	14.7	%	$	25,422	9.0	%
AT&T	$	29,184	10.0	%	$	38,257	12.5	%	$	35,019	12.4	%

We enter into master service agreements (MSAs) that cover all of our work for each client.  These MSAs are typically multi-year contracts that include auto-renewal provisions. They typically do not include contractual minimum volumes and are generally terminable by the customer or us with prior written notice. 

To limit credit risk, management performs periodic credit analyses and maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts as deemed necessary. Under certain circumstances, management may require clients to pre-pay for services. As of December 31, 2017, management believes reserves are appropriate and does not believe that any significant credit risk exists.

We have entered into factoring agreements with financial institutions to sell certain accounts receivable under non-recourse agreements.  These transactions are accounted for as a reduction in accounts receivable because the agreements

44

transfer effective control over and risk related to the receivables to the buyers.  We do not service any factored accounts after the factoring has occurred. We utilize factoring arrangements as part of our financing for working capital. The aggregate gross amount factored under these agreements was $82,690, $51,684 and $33,980 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

7.  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

We use derivatives to partially offset our business exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. We enter into foreign currency forward and option contracts to hedge our anticipated operating commitments that are denominated in foreign currencies, including forward contracts and range forward contracts (a transaction where both a call option is purchased and a put option is sold).  The contracts cover periods commensurate with expected exposure, generally three to twelve months, and are principally unsecured foreign exchange contracts.  The market risk exposure is essentially limited to risk related to currency rate movements. We operate in Canada, Jamaica, and the Philippines where the functional currencies are the Canadian dollar, the Jamaican dollar, and the Philippine peso, respectively, which are used to pay labor and other operating costs in those countries. We provide funds for these operating costs as our client contracts generate revenues which are paid in U.S. dollars. In Honduras, our functional currency is the U.S. dollar and the majority of our costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. We have elected to designate our derivatives as cash flow hedges in order to associate the results of the hedges with forecasted expenses.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we entered into Canadian dollar forward and dollar range forward contracts for a notional amount of 10,900, 19,555, and 8,580 Canadian dollars, respectively, and during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we entered into Philippine peso non-deliverable forward and range forward contracts for a notional amount of 2,338,000, 1,433,800, and 1,029,100 Philippine pesos, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we have not entered into any arrangements to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in Honduran lempira or Jamaican dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.

The following table shows the notional amount of our foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount
Canadian dollar	10,900	$	8,345	17,080	$	12,723	2,470	$	1,997
Philippine peso	1,272,000	24,486		1,178,800	25,231		329,000	7,263
		$	32,831		$	37,954		$	9,260

The Canadian dollar and Philippine peso foreign exchange contracts are to be delivered periodically through December 2018 at a purchase price of approximately $8,345 and $24,486, respectively, and as such we expect unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to operations as the forecasted intercompany expenses are incurred, typically within twelve months. 

Derivative assets and liabilities associated with our hedging activities are measured at gross fair value as described in Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” and are reflected as separate line items in our consolidated balance sheets.

The following table shows the effect of our derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015: 

	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI, net of tax Years Ended December 31,							Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income Years Ended December 31,
	2017	2016			2015			2017		2016			2015
Cash flow hedges:
Foreign exchange contracts	1,056	$	(832	)	$	(1,906	)	(82	)	$	(431	)	$	(2,587	)

45

8.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Derivative Instruments

The values of our derivative instruments are derived from pricing models using inputs based upon market information, including contractual terms, market prices and yield curves.  The inputs to the valuation pricing models are observable in the market, and as such are generally classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The following tables set forth our derivative assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.   These balances are included in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, on our balance sheet.

	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175

	As of December 31, 2016
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980

46

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 Our property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following, by asset class:

	2017			2016
Land, buildings and improvements	18,211			20,582
Telephone and computer equipment	44,116			40,298
Software	36,720			35,626
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	15,913			15,341
Construction in progress	1,876			1,618
Assets acquired under capital lease	13,530			13,530
	130,366			126,995
Less accumulated depreciation	(103,111		)	(98,690		)
Less accumulated amortization under capital lease	(7,312		)	(5,029		)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	19,943		$	23,276

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $9,940 and $11,100 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

10. DEBT

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On April 29, 2015, we entered into a secured revolving credit facility ("Credit Agreement") with BMO Harris Bank N.A. ("Lender").  The Credit Agreement is effective through April 2020 and the amount we may borrow under the agreement is the lesser of the borrowing base calculation or $50,000, and so long as no default has occurred and with the Administrative Agent’s consent, we may increase the maximum availability to $70,000 in $5,000 increments. We may request letters of credit under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of the borrowing base calculation (minus outstanding advances) and $5,000. The borrowing base is generally defined as 85% of our eligible accounts receivable less certain reserves as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Our borrowings bear interest at one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% to 1.75%, depending on current availability. We will pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit outstanding and a monthly unused fee at a rate per annum of 0.25% on the aggregate unused commitment under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding letters of credit totaled $893.

The Credit Agreement contains standard affirmative and negative covenants that may restrict or limit our ability to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness and engage in mergers and acquisitions. We are required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 if a reporting trigger period commences.

On November 6, 2015, we entered into a second amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment replaced the fixed charge coverage ratio with a Consolidated EBITDA covenant, modified the Consolidated EBITDA definition, and decreased the limits on future capital expenditures.

On January 20, 2016, we entered into a third amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment established the Consolidated EBITDA covenants for each month of 2016 that apply if we cross the availability threshold in the Credit Agreement.

On March 28, 2017, we entered into a fourth amendment to our Credit Agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. (the “Lender”).  The fourth amendment extends the term of the agreement until March 28, 2022 while also amending certain of the financial covenants as follows: 1) reduces the maximum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and 2) removes the monetary cap on non-financed capital expenditures for 2017 and each fiscal year thereafter during the term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the amendment removes the requirement that funds collected be automatically applied to our credit facility balance, unless a trigger event occurs. As a result, the balance sheet classification has been changed from short-term liabilities to long-term liabilities beginning in the first quarter of 2017.

47

As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all debt covenants, and we had outstanding borrowings of $19,078, and our remaining borrowing capacity was $29,602.

Other debt

From time to time, we enter into financing agreements such as notes payable and capital lease obligations, in order to facilitate the fit-out of new locations. The implied interest rates for these agreements range from 3% to 20%; the terms range from five to seven years.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding balances for the current portion of these financing agreements were $2,377 and $2,242, respectively, included in Other current debt on the balance sheet. The outstanding balances for the non-current portion of the financing arrangements were $3,084 and $5,473 respectively, included in Other debt on the balance sheet.

11. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We have a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which reserved 900,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the terms of the Plan plus 274,298 shares that remained available for future issuance under prior plans on the effective date of the Plan, which was May 5, 2008. An Amended and Restated Plan was approved by our board of directors and stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders in May 2014, which authorized an additional 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance. At our annual meeting of stockholders in June 2016, the board of directors and stockholders authorized another 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 235,061 shares available for future grant under the Plan. Our plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors. The types of awards that may be granted under the Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or other stock-based awards.  The terms of the awards granted under the Plan will expire no later than ten years from the grant date.  The Committee determines the vesting conditions of awards; however, subject to certain exceptions, an award that is not subject to the satisfaction of performance measures may not fully vest or become fully exercisable earlier than three years from the grant date, and the performance period for an award subject to performance measures may not be shorter than one year.

At the beginning of each quarter, members of the board of directors, at their option, may elect to receive as compensation 1) stock options to purchase shares of common stock with a fair value equivalent of $22,500 (calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model), 2) shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $22,500, 3) deferred stock units with a fair value equivalent of $22,500 (calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model), with ownership of the common stock vesting immediately or over a period determined by the Committee and stated in the award or 4) any combination of options and common stock. Upon the date of grant, the members of the board of directors are immediately vested in the stock options or common stock.

Stock Options

A summary of stock option activity under the Plan is as follows: 

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in yrs)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2017	2,497,198		$	4.61
Granted	168,402		9.64
Exercised	(257,410	)	3.95
Forfeited/expired	(66,267	)	6.79
Expired	(19,600	)	9.72
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017	2,322,323		$	4.94	5.90
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2017	1,771,119		$	4.61	5.15

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $5.51, $2.82, and $3.76, respectively.  The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1,073, $1,875, and $655, respectively.

48

The assumptions used to determine the value of our stock-based awards under the Black-Scholes method are summarized below: 

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	2.07% - 2.45%	1.27% - 2.26%	1.71% - 2.4%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	49.3% - 61.4%	50.0% - 61.9%	59.9% - 66.9%
Expected life in years	7.7	8.2	7.6

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury strip yield in effect at the time of grant with a term equal to the expected term of the stock option granted.  Average expected life and volatilities are based on historical experience, which we believe will be indicative of future experience.

Stock Grants and Deferred Stock Units

Pursuant to the board of directors' compensation program, 0, 0 and 2,319 shares of stock were granted in the years ended   December 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. The total fair value of stock grants made in the years ended December 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively was $0, $0 and $22. Deferred stock units of 17,782, 20,187, and 12,893 were granted to members of the board of directors during 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively. The total fair value of deferred stock units granted in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $180, $90, and $65 respectively. Deferred stock units are fully vested upon issuance and are settled in shares of common stock upon the director’s termination of service.  The fair value of stock grants and deferred stock units is calculated based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

Share-based Compensation Expense

The compensation expense that has been charged against income for December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1,015, $1,722, and $1,469, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense.  As of December 31, 2017, there was $769 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.83 years. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the terms of our employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP"), eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions up to 10% of their base pay to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the closing price at the beginning or end of each quarterly stock purchase period.  A total of 400,000 shares were authorized under the original ESPP Plan; an Amended and Restated Plan was approved by our board of directors and stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders in June 2016, which authorized an additional 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance. As of December 31, 2017, 60,187 shares were available for issuance.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, 33,253, 48,414, and 46,227 shares were purchased under this plan at an average price of $8.03, $3.87, and $3.92, respectively.  Total expense recognized related to the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $84, $55, and $50, respectively.  The assumptions used to value the shares under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes method were as follows:

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	0.01% - 0.76%	0.21% - 0.51%	0.00% - 0.16%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	52.5% - 61.04%	37.6% - 68.1%	21.9% - 78.9%
Expected life in years	3 months	3 months	3 months

The weighted average grant date fair value of these shares was $2.51, and $1.13, and $1.09 per share during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

401(k) Plan

We have a safe harbor 401(k) plan that allows participation by all eligible employees as of the first day of the month following their hire date.  Eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum limit determined by the Internal Revenue

49

Code. Participants receive a matching contribution after completing one year of service. We match 100% of the participant’s contribution for the first 3% and 50% of the participant’s contribution for the next 2%. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan totaled $664, $582, and $493 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Philippines Pension Plan

The Company sponsors a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) for its covered

employees in the Philippines. The Pension Plan provides defined benefits based on years of service and final salary.

All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan. Remeasurement changes are reflected in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI). As of December 31, 2017, the Pension Plan was unfunded. The Company doesn't expect to make any cash contributions to the Pension Plan. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the defined benefit obligation of $173 and $550 was included in other long term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

12. INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Interest and other income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were composed of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Interest income	$	5		$	—		$	2
Interest expense	(1,609		)	(1,573		)	(1,685		)
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets	(3		)	3			509
Other income (expense)	637			(178		)	35
Interest and other income (expense), net	$	(970	)	$	(1,748	)	$	(1,139	)

13. INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign source component of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
U.S.	$	(8,888	)	$	(5,244	)	$	(21,246	)
Foreign	7,176			6,357			6,094
Total	$	(1,712	)	$	1,113		$	(15,152	)

Significant components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	(686	)	$	(28	)	$	(264	)
State	(50		)	(23		)	33
Foreign	611			504			360
Total current (benefit) expense	$	(125	)	$	453		$	129
Deferred:
Federal	$	(324	)	$	203		$	164
State	(28		)	27			11
Foreign	41			35			160
Total deferred (benefit) expense	$	(311	)	$	265		$	335
Income tax expense	$	(436	)	$	718		$	464

50

GAAP requires all items be considered, including items recorded in other comprehensive income, in determining the amount of tax benefit that results from a loss from continuing operations that should be allocated to continuing operations.

Significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in Other long-term assets and Other liabilities, respectively, as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Fixed assets	$	1,770		$	2,511		$	2,077
Prepaid expenses	(411		)	(569		)	(554		)
Accrued stock compensation	2,781			4,641			4,114
Accrued restructuring costs	2			—			303
Work opportunity credit carryforward	5,233			5,226			5,234
Operating loss carryforward	10,663			16,231			18,066
Intangibles and goodwill	(64		)	(77		)	(53		)
Derivative Instruments	(48		)	354			202
Cumulative Translation adjustment	(965		)	(1,381		)	(1,178		)
Other	137			297			39
Net long-term deferred tax assets	$	19,098		$	27,233		$	28,250
Valuation allowance	(18,939		)	(27,384		)	(28,162		)
Total net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	159		$	(151	)	$	88

We consider all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become realizable.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), and projected taxable income in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets.  In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.  In order to fully realize the U.S. deferred tax assets, we will need to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code.

We do not provide for deferred taxes on the excess of the financial reporting basis over the tax basis in our investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration or not subject to taxation in the US or in the local country.  In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in those operations. Generally, the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries become subject to U.S. taxation based on certain provisions in U.S. tax law such as the recently enacted territorial transition tax under section 965 and under certain other circumstances. Exceptions may be made on a year-by-year basis to repatriate current year earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries based on cash needs in the U.S.

At December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided for on approximately $0, $0, and $1,300, respectively, of unremitted earnings of subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. These earnings are estimated to represent the excess of the financial reporting over the tax basis in our investments in those subsidiaries and would become subject to U.S. income tax if they were remitted to the U.S.

51

Differences between U.S. federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 for continuing operations were: 

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
U.S. statutory tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
Effect of state taxes (net of federal benefit)	24.4	%	-12.2	%	1.7	%
Rate differential on foreign earnings	109.5	%	-146.0	%	10.9	%
Foreign income taxed in the U.S.	-261.4	%	133.9	%	-8.3	%
Uncertain tax positions	77.9	%	107.1	%	-4.9	%
Unremitted foreign earnings of subsidiary	16.0	%	19.7	%	—	%
Tax expense allocation to OCI	29.8	%	-2.7	%	—	%
Effect of U.S tax rate change	-466.4	%	—	%	—	%
Valuation allowance	463.1	%	-67.1	%	-40.4	%
Other permanent differences	-12.4	%	—	%	—	%
Stock based compensation	30.4	%	—	%	—	%
True-up of deferred items	-20.1	%	—	%	—	%
Other, net	-0.4	%	-3.2	%	2.9	%
Total	25.4	%	64.5	%	-3.1	%

As of December 31, 2017, we had gross federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $49,942 expiring beginning in 2030 and gross state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $70,014 expiring beginning in 2018.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”), signed into law on December 22, 2017, makes significant modifications to U.S. federal income tax laws including reducing the corporate tax rate to 21 percent starting January 1, 2018 and transitioning the U.S. to a territorial tax regime.  Consequently, we have recorded an adjustment to the Company’s net deferred tax liability of $582 and a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax (benefit) of $(582) for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The passage of the Act will result in a one-time reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6,452 with a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance of $6,452. Also, the Tax provides there will still be US tax consequences of our foreign operations in future periods due to the recently enacted global intangible low tax income (GILTI) provisions and other US tax provisions even though the U.S. is transitioning to a territorial tax regime.  We are still evaluating the impact of these provisions and we are not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Act on our results in future periods.   

Based on the Company's current interpretation and subject to the release of the related regulations and any future interpretive guidance, the Company believes the effects of the change in tax law incorporated herein are substantially complete.  Additional information that may affect our income tax accounts and disclosures would include further clarification and guidance on how the Internal Revenue Service will implement tax reform, further clarification and guidance on how state taxing authorities will implement tax reform and the related effect on our state income tax returns, completion of our 2017 tax return filings, and the potential for additional guidance from the SEC or the FASB related to tax reform.

We have been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of Honduras, Jamaica, and certain qualifying locations in the Philippines. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between us and a foreign government under which we receive certain tax benefits in that country. In Honduras, we have been granted approval for an indefinite exemption from income taxes. The tax holidays for our qualifying Philippines facilities expire at staggered dates through 2019. Our Tax Holidays could be eliminated if there are future changes in our operations or the governmental authorities approve legislation to modify the Tax Holidays in the various taxing jurisdictions.  The aggregate reduction in income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1,338, $1,136, and $1,106.

Under accounting standards for uncertainty in income taxes (ASC 740-10), a company recognizes a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position only if management’s assessment is that the position is “more likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” in the accounting standards for income taxes refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods.

52

The following table indicates the changes to our unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. The term “unrecognized tax benefits” in the accounting standards for income taxes refers to the differences between a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit measured and recognized in the financial statements. If recognized, all of these benefits would impact our income tax expense, before consideration of any related valuation allowance.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Unrecognized, January 1,	$	4,155		$	2,962	$	2,215
Additions based on tax positions taken in current year	$	2,872		$	1,193	$	888
Reductions based on tax positions taken in prior year	$	(4,155	)	$	—	$	(141	)
Unrecognized, December 31,	$	2,872		$	4,155	$	2,962

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state jurisdictions, as well as in Canada, the Philippines, Costa Rica and Honduras.  Our U.S. federal returns and most state returns for tax years 2014 and forward are subject to examination.  Canadian returns for tax years 2012 and forward are subject to examination.  Our returns in the Philippines in 2014, Costa Rica in 2013 and Honduras in 2013 are subject to examination.  In December 2014, our Canadian subsidiary was notified that its income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are under examination. The Company has received a notice of assessment, but we do not believe it is more likely than not that we owe the taxes that have been assessed. Therefore, we filed an appeal in June 2017 and have not accrued a liability related to this matter. Because the Canadian Revenue Agency considers us a large corporation (a corporation which has taxable capital employed in Canada over $10 million), we were required to pay half of the reassessment, of $0.4 million, which is recorded in other long-term assets on our balance sheet. We do not anticipate receiving a decision on our appeal in the next twelve months. Also, in May 2016, our Philippine subsidiary received notification that its income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2014 is under examination. The Company has received an assessment notice for a de minimis amount that it has accrued and is in the process of resolving this examination.

53

14.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following items:

	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment			Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Defined Benefit Plan		Total
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	1,486		$	(2,311	)	$	—	$	(825	)
Foreign currency translation	75			—			—		75
Reclassification to operations	—			2,587			—		2,587
Unrealized losses	—			(1,906		)	—		(1,906		)
Tax (provision) benefit	(28		)	(254		)	—		(282		)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,533		$	(1,884	)	$	—	$	(351	)
Foreign currency translation	481			—			—		481
Reclassification to operations	—			431			—		431
Unrealized losses	—			(832		)	—		(832		)
Pension remeasurement	—			—			253		253
Tax (provision) benefit	(184		)	153			—		(31		)
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	1,830		$	(2,132	)	$	253	$	(49	)
Foreign currency translation	206			—			—		206
Reclassification to operations	22			59			—		81
Unrealized losses	—			1,056			—		1,056
Pension remeasurement	—			—			601		601
Tax provision	(87		)	(424		)	—		(511		)
Balance at December 31, 2017	$	1,971		$	(1,441	)	$	854	$	1,384

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows:

Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income						Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented
	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange contracts (COS)	$	81	$	416	$	2,401	Cost of Services
Foreign exchange contracts (SG&A)	1		15		186		Selling, general and administrative expenses
	$	82	$	431	$	2,587

15.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

We lease facilities and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases.  Some of these leases have renewal clauses that vary both in length and fee, based on our negotiations with the lessors. Rent expense, including equipment rentals, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $11,302, $11,954, and $11,875, respectively. 

Capital Leases

We leased several asset types under various non-cancelable capital leases with original terms between three and seven years. See Footnote 10 for more information.

54

Minimum lease payments

As of December 31, 2017, approximate minimum annual lease payments were as follows: 

	Operating leases		Capital leases
2018	$	11,228	$	2,134
2019	7,561		2,049
2020	4,335		487
2021	2,985		—
2022	2,610		—
Thereafter	3,689		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,408	$	4,670
Less amount representing interest			$	(509	)
Present value of capital lease obligations			$	4,161
Capital lease obligations, current portion			$	1,829
Capital lease obligations, long term portion			$	2,332

The current and long term capital lease obligations above are included in other current debt and other debt, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Legal Proceedings

We have been involved from time to time in litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

55

16.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: Domestic, Nearshore and Offshore. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our Domestic segment included the operations of thirteen facilities in the U.S. and one facility in Canada. Our Nearshore segment included the operations of two facilities in Honduras and one facility in Jamaica. Our Offshore segment included the operations of four facilities in the Philippines.

We primarily evaluate segment operating performance in each reporting segment based on net sales and gross profit. Certain operating expenses are not allocated to each reporting segment; therefore, we do not present income statement information by reporting segment below the gross profit level.

Information about our reportable segments, which correspond to the geographic areas in which we operate, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Revenue:
Domestic	171,188		$	186,061	$	169,945
Offshore	77,074		76,868		72,914
Nearshore	44,342		44,271		39,275
Total	$	292,604	$	307,200	$	282,134
Gross profit:
Domestic	$	7,329	$	12,392	$	11,614
Offshore	18,793		16,607		6,672
Nearshore	6,240		7,422		6,018
Total	$	32,362	$	36,421	$	24,304
Depreciation:
Domestic	$	6,419	$	7,748	$	8,049
Offshore	2,950		3,678		4,232
Nearshore	571		824		980
Total	$	9,940	$	12,250	$	13,261
Capital expenditures:
Domestic	$	4,113	$	3,291	$	4,382
Offshore	738		287		3,049
Nearshore	2,334		219		291
Total	$	7,185	$	3,797	$	7,722

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Total assets:
Domestic	$	37,991	$	59,612	$	67,927
Offshore	43,106		36,503		38,016
Nearshore	14,901		10,693		8,861
Total	$	95,998	$	106,808	$	114,804

56

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following represent selected information from our unaudited quarterly Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

	2017 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	77,652		$	73,979		$	69,372		$	71,600
Gross profit	10,014			8,987			7,319			6,041
Net income (loss)	1,793			554			(1,172		)	(2,452		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(28		)	(66		)	30			(371		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	2,225			587			(889		)	(1,766		)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
	2016 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	78,035		$	73,733		$	78,305		$	77,127
Gross Profit	8,388			7,011			10,347			10,675
Net income (loss)	31			(1,684		)	856			1,192
Income tax expense (benefit)	125			46			163			384
Comprehensive income (loss)	310			(1,570		)	855			1,133
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.08
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.07

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Kingston, Jamaica

In January 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for a new facility in Kingston, Jamaica.

Colorado Springs, Colorado

In January 2018, we made the decision to discontinue our operation in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We plan to vacate the facility in March.

Amazon Agreement

On January 23, 2018, we and Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”) entered into a transaction agreement, pursuant to which we issued to Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Amazon, a warrant to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of our common stock, subject to certain vesting events. We and Amazon entered into the transaction agreement in connection with existing commercial arrangements pursuant to which we provide and will continue to provide commercial services to Amazon. The vesting of the Warrant Shares is linked to payments made by Amazon or its affiliates (directly or indirectly through third parties) pursuant to the existing commercial arrangements, with full vesting tied to Amazon's payment of up to $600 million to us in connection with Amazon's receipt of commercial services from us.

Aegis Transaction Agreement

On March 14, 2018 we entered into a Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) with CSP Alpha Midco Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (“Aegis”), and CSP Alpha Holdings Parent Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (the “Aegis Stockholder”) pursuant to which we, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder agreed to, among other things: (1) the sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of Aegis by the Aegis Stockholder to us; (2) the issuance of 20,600,000 shares, as may be adjusted for stock splits, consolidation and other similar corporate events, of our common stock

57

in consideration of such sale; (3) the amendment of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, in order to effect such issuance and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; and (4) in addition to the transactions set forth above, the purchase at the closing of additional shares of our common stock by the Aegis Stockholder, for $10 million at a price of $12 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Transaction Agreement.

Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, Aegis will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of us and the Aegis Stockholder will hold approximately 55% of our outstanding common stock. We, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder have each agreed to customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement are subject to specified closing conditions.

Notice of Client Termination

On March 9, 2018, we received an unsigned letter from Sprint purporting to notify us that they would be eliminating all business with us by June 29, 2018, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the parties.  The unsigned letter is not effective notice under the terms of the contract between the parties and we remain in discussions with Sprint regarding termination and exit.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2017, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).  Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and were designed to ensure that all information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, EKS&H LLLP, issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. Their report appears in Part II, Item 8.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

58

PART III

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors

Set forth below is information regarding our Board of Directors as of December 31, 2017:

Dr. Ed Zschau; age 77; Retired Visiting Lecturer at Princeton University

Dr. Zschau retired as Visiting Lecturer with rank of Professor in the Department of Electrical Engineering at Princeton University in June 2013, a position he held since 2000. However, he continues to serve as a Senior Research Specialist at Princeton and also served as a Lecturer in Engineering at the California Institute of Technology from April through June 2017. 

Additionally, he has served at a Lecturer in Engineering at the University of Nevada, Reno from September, 2015 to the present. Prior to joining the Princeton faculty, he was a Professor of Management at Harvard Business School from September 1997 to August 2000. From April 1993 to July 1995, Dr. Zschau was General Manager, IBM Corporation Storage Systems Division. Earlier in his career, he was Founder and CEO of System Industries, Inc. which became a public company in 1980. From 1999 to 2007, Dr. Zschau was a director of the Reader’s Digest Association, Inc., a publicly traded company at the time, and he chaired its Finance Committee. Dr. Zschau is a graduate of Princeton University and received his M.B.A., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees from Stanford University.

Robert Sheft; age 56; Executive Chairman, The Home Service Store, Inc.; Managing Director, Roark Capital Group

Mr. Sheft is currently the Chairman and CEO of Installation Made Easy, Inc., an innovative home improvement company offering shop-at-home services for a broad offering of home improvement products on behalf of retailers nationwide, a position he has held since August 2012. Mr. Sheft also currently serves as a senior advisor at Roark Capital Group, a private equity firm based in Atlanta, which he joined in August 2012. Mr. Sheft was the Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Simply Floored LLC, an innovative home improvement company offering shop-at-home services for flooring and insulation, until August 2012. Prior to starting Simply Floored in 2004, Mr. Sheft was the Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of RMA Home Services, Inc. (“RMA”), from 1997 until its acquisition by The Home Depot in December 2003. Mr. Sheft built RMA into one of the largest providers of installed siding and window services in the country, with revenues of more than $200 million, customers in more than 1,000 Home Depot stores nationwide, and 1,200 associates operating out of 22 branch offices and a support center in Atlanta. Prior to founding RMA, Mr. Sheft served for five years as a Managing Director of merchant banking at First Southwest. He began his career as an attorney in the mergers and acquisitions practice of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. From 2006 until 2008, Mr. Sheft served on the board of Marathon Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company. Mr. Sheft graduated Magna Cum Laude with a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and as a James Kent Scholar from the Columbia University School of Law.

Benjamin L. Rosenzweig; age 32; Partner at Privet Fund Management LLC

Mr. Rosenzweig is currently a Partner at Privet Fund Management LLC. Prior to joining Privet in September 2008, Mr. Rosenzweig served as an investment banking analyst in the corporate finance group of Alvarez and Marsal from June 2007 until May 2008, where he completed multiple distressed mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, capital formation transactions and similar financial advisory engagements across several industries. He has considerable financial expertise, including extensive involvement with capital market transactions and turnaround situations. Mr. Rosenzweig graduated Magna Cum Laude from Emory University with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance and a second major in Economics. Mr. Rosenzweig is currently a director of PFSweb, Inc. (NASDAQ: PFSW) and Hardinge, Inc. (NASDAQ:HDNG) and formerly served on the Board of Directors of RELM Wireless Corporation (NYSE MKT: RWC).

Jack D. Plating; age 65; Former Executive Vice President and COO of Verizon Wireless

Mr. Plating served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of Verizon Wireless (NYSE:  VZ), a leading wireless service provider, from 2007 through 2009.  Mr. Plating oversaw Verizon Wireless’ nationwide sales and customer service operations, product development and marketing.  Prior to serving as the Executive Vice President and COO of Verizon Wireless, Mr. Plating served as the President of Verizon Wireless’s South Area from 2000 through 2007.  From 1989 to 2000, Mr. Plating held several executive management positions with Bell Atlantic Mobile, one of Verizon Wireless’ predecessor

59

companies, including as the company’s Executive Vice President and COO.  Prior to Bell Atlantic Mobile, Mr. Plating held various other management positions within the telecommunications industry, including with Digital Pagin Systems, A+ Communications, Metro Mobile CTS and Motorola Communications and Electronics.  Mr. Plating holds a B.S. in Business Administration and Marketing from the University of Arkansas. 

Arnaud Ajdler; age 42; Managing Partner of Engine Capital LP

Mr. Ajdler is currently Managing Partner of Engine Capital LP, a value-oriented special situations fund. Prior to founding Engine Capital in February 2013, Mr. Ajdler served as a Managing Director of Crescendo Partners II, L.P. from December 2005 to February 2013. Mr. Ajdler serves as a director of Stewart Information Services Corporation (NYSE: STC). He also served as a director of Destination Maternity Corporate from 2008 until 2017, as a director of Charming Shoppes, Inc. from 2008 until the company was acquired in June 2012, as a director of O’Charley’s Inc. from March 2008 until the company was acquired in April 2012, as a director of Imvescor Restaurant Group from 2013 until 2016, and as a director of The Topps Company, Inc. from August 2006 until the company was acquired in October 2007. From June 2004 until June 2006, Mr. Ajdler served as the Chief Financial Officer, a director and the Secretary of Arpeggio Acquisition Corporation. Arpeggio completed its business combination with Hill International, Inc. in June 2006, and until June 2009, Mr. Ajdler served as a director of the surviving company, a NYSE listed company. Mr. Ajdler is also an Adjunct Professor at Columbia University Business School where he teaches a course in Value Investing. Mr. Ajdler received a B.S. in Engineering from the Free University of Brussels, Belgium, an S.M. in Aeronautics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Chad A. Carlson; age 51; President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Carlson has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2011, prior to which he served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2010 to June 2011. Previously, Mr. Carlson served as Executive Vice President of Global Operations at Sitel, a global business process outsourcing company.  From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Carlson served as Chief Operating Officer of the Americas and Asia Pacific operations for Sitel and from 2003 to 2007 he served in the same role for ClientLogic, a global business process outsourcing company, prior to its acquisition of Sitel.  Mr. Carlson has over fifteen years of experience in the business process outsourcing industry, serving in a variety of roles. Mr. Carlson received his B. S. in Business Logistics from Pennsylvania State University.

Audit Committee

Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee that assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to our financial statements and financial reporting process and our systems of internal accounting and financial controls.  The Audit Committee is also responsible for the selection and retention of our independent auditors, reviewing the scope of the audit function of the independent auditors and approving non-audit services provided to us by our auditors, and reviewing audit reports rendered by our independent auditors. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Rosenzweig, Chairman, Mr. Plating and Dr. Zschau, each of whom is an “independent director” as defined by the NYSE’s listing standards and is financially literate. Our Board of Directors has determined that Dr. Zschau qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Behind STARTEK - Investors - Corporate Governance page on our website at www.startek.com.  We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to or waivers of the code applicable to our directors, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller, treasurer and other persons performing similar functions within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

60

Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our outstanding common stock (collectively, “Insiders”) to file reports with the SEC disclosing direct and indirect ownership of our common stock and changes in such ownership. The rules of the SEC require Insiders to provide us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports filed with the SEC. Based solely upon a review of copies of Section 16(a) reports received by us, and written representations that no additional reports were required to be filed with the SEC, we believe that our Insiders have timely filed all Section 16(a) reports during the 2017 fiscal year, except that each of our directors inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 4 with the SEC for regularly scheduled quarterly awards that occurred on April 3, 2017. Each of such awards were reported on Form 4 filings made on April 6, 2017.

Executive Officers

Set forth below is information regarding our executive officers as of December 31, 2017:

Officer Name	Age	Position	Joined STARTEK
Chad A. Carlson	51	President and Chief Executive Officer	2010
Donald Norsworthy	58	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	2015
Peter F. Martino	51	General Manager and Senior Vice President, Customer Support Services	2014
Jaymes D. Kirksey	61	Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources	2013
Stephen C. White	45	Chief Sales and Marketing Officer	2016

Mr. Carlson’s biography appears under the heading “Board of Directors.”

Donald Norsworthy; age 58; Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Mr. Norsworthy currently serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Prior to this, he served as Chief Financial Officer of ACCENT Marketing Services, a business process outsourcing company providing contact center services and customer engagement solutions, a position he held from April 2014 until it was acquired by the Company in June 2015. Prior to ACCENT, Mr. Norsworthy was Chief Financial Officer of CKS Packaging, a plastic container manufacturer, from June 2013 to March 2014, and Chief Financial Officer of Integrity Solution Services, a third-party collections company, from August 2011 to June 2013. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Protocol Services Acquisition Corp., a contact center company, from 2006 to 2008 and then served as its Chief Executive Officer from 2008 to 2011.

Peter F. Martino; age 51; General Manager and Senior Vice President, Customer Support Services

Prior to joining STARTEK in 2014, Mr. Martino held various positions at Sitel, a global business process outsourcing company, since 2006.  Most recently, he served as General Manager of North America, in which position he led operations in North America with 25 locations and more than 10,000 employees and oversaw over $400 million in annual revenue.  From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Martino served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Sitel, and from 2006 to 2007, he served in the same role for ClientLogic, a global business process outsourcing company, prior to its merger with Sitel. Prior to Sitel, Mr. Martino served as a Senior Director of Global Outsourcing with Microsoft where he was responsible for placement of large-scale global support programs. Mr. Martino has over 20 years’ experience in the BPO industry that includes client and outsourcing senior leadership roles.

Jaymes D. Kirksey; age 61; Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources

Mr. Kirksey joined STARTEK in February 2013 as Senior Vice President of Global Human Resources. Mr. Kirksey served asSenior Vice President of Human Resources at Pendum, LLC, the nation’s largest independent provider of ATM services, from 2010 to 2013. Prior to this role, he served in executive Human Resources positions at a variety of professional services and manufacturing businesses, including Quovadx, Digital Lighthouse, ADT Security Services and United Technologies.  Additionally, Mr. Kirksey led his own Human Resources consulting practice for over five years representing clients such as Hewlett-Packard, Frontier Airlines and Webroot Software, among others.

61

Stephen C. White; age 45; Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

Mr. White joined STARTEK in June 2016 as Chief Sales and Marketing Officer. Prior to joining STARTEK, Mr. White served as Vice President and Vertical Leader for Healthcare and Government at Convergys. Prior to joining Convergys, Mr. White served as the Senior Vice President of Sales for Xerox (formerly ACS, Inc). His career background includes sales and operational leadership roles of increasing responsibility for ACS, Inc. and ACS Recovery Services, Inc.

ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Committee

Our Board of Directors also has a Compensation Committee, which reviews our compensation programs and exercises authority with respect to payment of direct salaries and incentive compensation to our executive officers. In addition, the committee is responsible for oversight of our equity incentive plans. The members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Plating, Chairman, Mr. Ajdler and Mr. Sheft, each of whom is an “independent director” as defined by the NYSE’s listing standards.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Design and Objectives

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Committee”) believes in providing an overall compensation structure that attracts, motivates, rewards and retains top talent engaged in achieving our business objectives, which are designed to create value for our stockholders. The principal components of that structure include a base salary, an annual cash incentive, in some cases with the right to convert such cash incentives into stock options, and periodic grants of long-term equity incentives that encourage long-term commitment. A significant portion of our compensation structure is performance-based and reflects our desire to encourage progressive thinking and balanced risk-taking. We believe that this blend of components provides our executive leadership team with the incentives to create long-term value for stockholders while taking thoughtful and prudent risks in the short term.

As noted below, our compensation programs are intended to provide a link between the creation of stockholder value through execution of the Company’s business strategy and the compensation earned by our executive officers and certain key personnel. The objectives of our compensation programs are to:

• attract, motivate, reward and retain top talent;

• ensure that compensation is commensurate with our overall performance and increases to stockholder value over the long term; and

• ensure that our executive officers and certain key personnel have enough financial incentive to motivate them to achieve sustainable, profitable growth in stockholder value.

Compensation Components	Objectives
Base Salary	Provides a fixed salary reflective of individually negotiated arrangements and individual performance
Annual Incentive	Motivates executives to achieve pre-determined, financial and/or strategic goals
Equity Awards	Motivates executives to make sound business decisions that focus on long-term stockholder value creation

We seek to become the trusted partner to our clients and provide meaningful, impactful customer engagement business process outsourcing ("BPO") services. Our approach is to develop relationships with our clients that are truly collaborative in nature where we are focused, flexible and proactive to their business needs.  The end result is the delivery of the highest quality customer experience to our clients’ customers. To achieve sustainable, predictable, profitable growth, our strategy is to:

• grow our existing client base by deepening and broadening our relationships,

• diversify our client base by adding new clients and verticals,

62

• improve our market position by becoming the leader in customer engagement services,

• improve profitability through operational improvements, increased utilization and higher margin accounts,

• expand our global delivery platform to meet our clients' needs, and

• broaden our service offerings through more innovative, technology-enabled and added-value solutions

Most of our executive officers have been with our Company for a relatively short period of time, and much of their compensation is based on arrangements that were negotiated in connection with their hire. The executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table in this Part III of Form 10-K include the individuals named below (referred to as “named executive officers”).

• Chad A. Carlson, President and Chief Executive Officer - Mr. Carlson joined our Company in 2010 and was promoted to his current position in June 2011.

• Donald Norsworthy, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer - Mr. Norsworthy joined our Company on November 16, 2015.

• Peter F. Martino, General Manager and Senior Vice President, Customer Support Services - Mr. Martino joined our Company in January 2014.

• Jaymes D. Kirksey, Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources - Mr. Kirksey joined our Company in February 2013

• Stephen C. White, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer - Mr. White joined our Company in June 2016.

Stockholder Approval of Executive Compensation

At our 2017 Annual Meeting, our stockholders approved our executive compensation by a vote of 99.7% of the votes cast. Our Compensation Committee considered this high level of stockholder approval as an indication that our stockholders approved our compensation philosophy and program. Accordingly, our Compensation Committee determined that no changes needed to be considered as a result of the vote.  The incremental changes in our executive compensation for fiscal 2017 were made on the basis of the factors described in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and are consistent with the same general philosophy that stockholders supported last year.

Elements of the Executive Compensation Structure

Our compensation structure is significantly performance-based, but also reflects our desire to discourage excessive short-term risk-taking. The structure rewards our executives with a blend of fixed base salary, short-term incentives, and long-term rewards. We believe that this blend of components provides the executive leadership team with the incentives to create value for stockholders while taking thoughtful and prudent risks to grow the value of our Company. The Compensation Committee and Audit Committee work closely to ensure that there is a shared risk assessment view.

Our executive compensation structure is composed of three elements of remuneration:

• Base pay, along with a suite of retirement, health, and welfare benefits. Our executives receive the same retirement, health, and welfare benefits package as provided to all of our exempt employees. The tier of remuneration for supplemental Company-paid life insurance, long-term disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, given market and economic conditions, is viewed by the Compensation Committee as appropriate to attract and retain high-quality executives.

• Short-term incentives are focused on a combination of Company financial performance and achievement of key strategic initiatives.

• Long-term incentives are designed to reward the achievement of sustainable growth in stockholder value. These long-term incentives are typically in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock awards granted under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan with time and/or performance vesting triggers.

Our approach to allocating between long-term and short-term compensation is based on the following key assumptions:

• The majority of an executive’s cash compensation comes in the form of a base salary. The cash from these base salaries can be enhanced by the payment of a bonus that is based on achievement of financial and/or strategic objectives. By linking the annual incentive bonus to Company performance, we can provide incentive for our executives to improve key business drivers and, thus, revenue and profitability.

• We expect that in the long run, the bulk of executive officer compensation will come from stock price appreciation and other long-term incentives. Executives are allocated equity upside to ensure that they will be rewarded for sustained increases in stock value. We believe that we can drive increases in stock value through sustainable growth and

63

improvement in profitability, as well as by maintaining credibility in the marketplace. Through these means, we hope to motivate our executives to create the kind of sustained increase in share value that will reward stockholders and executives alike.

Short-Term Incentive Plan Structure

The short-term incentive plan is designed to keep executives focused on improving revenue growth and operational efficiencies while decreasing our non-operating expenses. In 2017, short-term performance goals for executives were a combination of Company financial goals and four key objectives focused on creating long-term stockholder value.

Determining Long-Term Incentive Awards

Long-term incentives provided to our executives consist of equity grants in the form of stock options or restricted stock grants that are designed to retain key personnel and keep executives focused on increasing long-term stockholder value through sustainable improvements in our business as reflected in our stock price. Pressure, real or perceived, to achieve short-term earnings goals could create a temptation to slow longer-term growth. However, the combination of growth and sustained improvement in profitability is necessary for sustained improvement in our stock value. Accordingly, the long-term incentives keep executives focused on both our short- and long-term success.

To align long-term incentives with performance, the grant date fair value of annual long-term incentive awards, which have been granted in the form of stock options with three-year cliff vesting, was set at 30% (or, 50% in the case of the CEO) of the executive’s short-term incentive payout. Accordingly, stock options granted in 2017 had a grant date fair value equal to 30% (or, 50% in the case of the CEO) of the executive’s short-term incentive payout for fiscal 2016. For stock options to be granted with respect to fiscal 2017 short-term incentive payouts, the stock options to be granted as annual long-term incentives would have been 60% (or, 100% in the case of the CEO) of the executive’s short-term incentive payout for fiscal 2017 if we achieved the target level of financial performance under the short-term incentive plan. However, the financial metrics for fiscal 2017 were not achieved, so the stock options granted in 2018 for fiscal 2017 performance were equal to 30% (or, 50% in the case of the CEO) of the executive’s short-term incentive payout for fiscal 2017.

In addition, the Compensation Committee may approve other equity awards from time to time for various purposes, including awards made to newly hired employees.

2017 Compensation Decisions

Benchmarking of Compensation and Determination of Base Pay

We did not engage in any specific benchmarking when setting executive compensation for fiscal year 2017. Since most of our executives have been with us for less than five years, their compensation, particularly their base salaries, are the result of arrangements individually negotiated when the executive officers were hired and are reflected in their employment agreements or offer letters. Adjustments to compensation levels are based on Company and individual performance and changes in position responsibilities or promotions to reflect the Compensation Committee’s subjective assessment of the impact of those changes on compensation levels. We did not make any significant changes in compensation levels for fiscal 2017, and the only changes we did make to short-term incentive plan levels were modest adjustments to reflect the executives’ tenure and better alignment with the Compensation Committee’s general sense of market pay levels.

2017 Executive Incentive Plan

The Compensation Committee approves the Executive Incentive Plan, which is our short-term incentive plan, based on related corporate financial targets set annually by the Board of Directors. The Executive Incentive Plan can be changed, suspended or eliminated, in whole or in part, at any time, with or without notice to participants. All named executive officers participate (or will participate) in the Executive Incentive Plan with the exception of Stephen C. White.

Payments made under the 2017 Executive Incentive Plan were subject to Company financial objectives and certain strategic objectives. For 2017, the overall incentive payment potentials for the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below who received payouts ranged from 60% to 100% of each executive officer’s base salary, as follows:

• President and Chief Executive Officer                        100%

• Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer                75%

• General Manager and Senior Vice President, Customer Support Services        60%

64

• Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources                    60%

Earned incentives for 2017 were paid for full-year performance in March 2018. The incentive plan targets reward those results that support our strategy to grow and improve the profitability of our business. Of the total, 50% was based on Adjusted EBITDA (defined as net income (loss) plus income tax expense (benefit), interest expense (income), impairment losses and restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization expense, (gains) losses on disposal of assets and stock compensation expense), 35% was based on Revenue, and 15% was based on four key strategic objectives:

• JD Power agreement utilizing Ideal Dialogue analytics to support their Customer Engagement Site Certification

• Enterprise Process Library - 85% usage in year-end survey

• Implementation of XSOL back office workflow platform

• Ideal Dialogue QA deal or retail deal

For 2017, we established the following financial targets with sliding scales from minimum to maximum for Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue, and the following strategic objectives. No payments can be earned if minimum thresholds are not met. (Dollars in millions.)

Financial Metric	Goal	Threshold to Earn Payout	% / $ Achieved	% Payout	% Weighting of Overall Goals	% Earned Payout
Adjusted EBITDA	$22.1	$17.9	$12.5	0%	50%	0%
Revenue	$340.0	$315.0	$292.6	0%	35%	0%
Strategic Objective
JD Power Agreement	N/A	N/A	100%	100%	4%	4%
Enterprise Process Library	85%	N/A	100%	100%	4%	4%
XSOL Backoffice Workflow Platform	N/A	N/A	100%	100%	4%	4%
Ideal Dialogue QA or Retail Deal	N/A	N/A	100%	100%	3%	3%
					Total Earned:	15%

Based on achievement of financial targets and strategic objectives, the following payouts were earned by our named executive officers under the Executive Incentive Plan for operational performance in 2017:

• Mr. Carlson    $76,973

• Mr. Norsworthy    $31,751

• Mr. Martino    $23,289

• Mr. Kirksey    $20,783

Settlement of Bonuses in Stock Options

To further encourage alignment with the interests of our stockholders, our Compensation Committee permitted our executive officers to elect to receive all or a portion of their bonus payments under the 2017 Executive Incentive Plan in the form of stock options. The number of stock options granted to each executive who elected stock options was based on the Black-Scholes value of a share of our common stock subject to the award on the date the payouts were approved. The options are immediately vested upon issuance and have a term of ten years. For the 2017 plan year, no executives elected to receive a portion of their bonus payment in the form of options.

2016 Chief Sales Officer Sales Commission Plan

In connection with his position within our Company, Mr. White is eligible to earn certain commissions under our 2016 Chief Sales Officer Sales Commission Plan. The 2016 Sales Commission Plan provides that Mr. White is eligible to earn a monthly commission for each qualifying Statement of Work (SOW) or amendment to an SOW that is a source of new revenue for us. The commissions are paid quarterly and calculated as the net new revenue we recognize from a qualifying SOW for the month, multiplied by Mr. Whites applicable target incentive percentage. Commissions can be earned for up to two years following execution of the SOW.

2017 Long-Term Compensation

65

The Compensation Committee has awarded stock options and restricted stock awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Thus far, other equity-based incentives have not been considered, but they may be considered in the future. Options and restricted stock awards bear a relationship to the achievement of our long-term goals in that both increase in value as our stock increases in value. A significant portion of management’s compensation package is equity-based; as such, management bears significant exposure to downside equity risk as the income they derive from these stock-based awards is contingent upon our stock’s appreciation in the marketplace. The Compensation Committee has carefully evaluated the cost of the grants of stock options and restricted stock awards to our executive officers. It will continue to evaluate the cost of stock options and restricted stock awards and other forms of equity compensation vehicles against the benefit those vehicles are likely to yield in building sustainable share value.

In 2017, the Compensation Committee made grants to eligible executives of stock options as described above under “Determining Long Term Incentive Awards.” As described above, the stock options granted to all executive officers had a grant date fair value equal to 30% of the executive officer’s short-term incentive payout for fiscal 2016 (or, 50% in the case of the CEO). These grants were in addition to any stock options the executive officers received in connection with their election to receive a portion of their annual incentive payout in the form of stock options.

Long-term incentive equity grants made to our executive officers during 2017 are as follows:

• Mr. Carlson    41,266

• Mr. Norsworthy    10,213

• Mr. Martino    7,427

• Mr. Kirksey    6,685

All of the long-term incentive stock option awards cliff vest three years from the date of grant and have a term of ten years. The three-year cliff vesting is intended to incentivize retention and long-term performance.

Equity Grants and Market Timing

We have not granted equity awards in coordination with the release of material, non-public information, and our equity award grant practices are separate from discussions regarding the release of such information. The Compensation Committee makes the decision to grant stock options or restricted stock awards when new hires occur and when the Compensation Committee determines that additional equity grants are appropriate to reward and motivate performance or necessary to retain key talent. The Compensation Committee has approved guideline ranges for new hires by level of position to ensure our ability to attract and retain key employees. Grants are made on the date the Compensation Committee approves the grants and are not matched to other specific Company events, except, in the case of a grant to a new hire whose employment has not commenced, the grant date is the date he or she commences employment.

Except as stated below, we have no program, plan, or practice of awarding options and setting the exercise price based on any price other than the fair market value of our stock on the grant date. Our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan defines “fair market value” as the closing price of one share of our common stock on the trading day on which such fair market value is determined (i.e., the grant date).

Compensation Committee Discretion

The Compensation Committee retains the authority to review executive officer base compensation and approve increases based on general performance and market norms. The Compensation Committee also retains the authority to make long-term incentive grants (historically, stock options and restricted stock) based on several factors described in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. The Committee intends to retain the discretion to make decisions about executive officer base compensation and certain levels of stock option grants without predetermined performance goals.

Policy Regarding Adjustment of Awards if Relevant Performance Measures Are Restated or Adjusted

Our Board may request disgorgement from an executive officer should a restatement occur that would have materially affected the amount of a previously paid award.

66

Severance Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders to design compensation programs that assist us in attracting and retaining qualified executive officers, assure that we will have the continued dedication of our executive officers in the event of a pending, threatened or actual change of control, provide certainty about the consequences of terminating certain executive officers’ employment, protect us by obtaining non-compete covenants from certain executive officers that survive a termination of employment not involving a change of control, and to obtain a release of any claims from those former executive officers. Accordingly, the agreements generally provide for certain benefits if the executive officer’s employment or executive officer’s service is terminated involuntarily by us without cause, or in the case of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, if they resign for good reason. In June 2011, the Committee instructed that any future agreements be limited to six month’s severance. In November 2015, the Committee provided enhanced severance benefits for our named executive officers and certain other members of our senior leadership team in the event the executive’s employment is terminated without cause or for good reason upon, or within two years after, the consummation of a change of control. The severance arrangements of our named executive officers are further described below under “Employment Agreements.”

Impact of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Various Forms of Compensation

We take into account the impact of accounting and tax treatment on each particular form of compensation. Certain of our incentive payments are designed so that they may be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). However, our Compensation Committee retains the right to grant compensation that may not be fully deductible. We believe that the amount of any non-deductible compensation is not material. Where possible, we seek to administer our programs in such a manner that they do not constitute deferred compensation under Code Section 409A. Consistent with our practice over the last several years, we no longer provide tax gross-ups in the event of a change of control in which excise taxes are due pursuant to Section 280G and related sections of the Code. We closely monitor the accounting treatment of our equity compensation plans, and in making future grants, we consider the applicable accounting treatment.

Ownership Requirements and Policies Regarding Hedging Risk in Company’s Equity Securities

We have, from time to time, had stock ownership guidelines for outside directors and executives; however, in February 2013, our Compensation Committee suspended the guidelines as the Company has recently experienced significant changes in leadership and most directors and executives have not been around for the five-year period during which they had to comply with the guidelines. The Compensation Committee will revisit the issue of stock ownership guidelines periodically in light of its compensation philosophy and application to our directors and executives serving at the time. We do not have any policies regarding hedging economic risk and ownership of Company stock, but also have not had directors or executives engage in hedging or pledging activities.

The Role of Executive Officers in Determining Compensation

The Compensation Committee has an annual process for CEO evaluation, which includes input by all of the independent directors. The CEO makes no recommendation for his own pay, but does provide the Compensation Committee with compensation recommendations for his direct reports based on their overall performance.

67

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary ($)		Bonus ($)		Option Awards ($) (a)	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (b)	All Other Compensation ($) (c)	Total  ($)
Chad A. Carlson, President, CEO and Director	2017	512,577		—		201,250	76,973	13,564	804,364
	2016	501,923		—		49,145	402,500	13,938	967,506
	2015	488,462		—		164,738	98,290	12,934	764,424
Donald Norsworthy, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	2017	281,352		—		49,809	31,751	8,272	371,184
	2016	276,058		25,000	(d)	—	166,031	3,616	470,705
	2015	35,962		—		180,773	—	231	216,966
Stephen C. White, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer	2017	479,430	(e)	—		—	—	55,596	535,026
	2016	138,549	(e)	70,000	(f)	—	—	7,403	215,952
Peter F. Martino, General Manager and Senior	2017	307,856	(g)	—		36,225	23,289	13,674	381,044
	2016	322,647	(g)	—		9,000	120,750	13,474	465,871
	2015	316,426	(g)	—		31,144	30,000	12,439	390,009
Jaymes D. Kirksey, Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources	2017	230,140		—		32,603	20,783	8,862	292,388
	2016	225,866		—		8,049	108,675	10,033	352,623
	2015	223,077		—		24,345	26,829	10,251	284,502

(a) The amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards and options granted to each named executive officer during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This does not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 for information on the assumptions used in accounting for equity awards.

(b) The amounts disclosed under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation reflect payouts under the annual Executive Incentive Plan. For certain years, Messrs. Carlson and Kirksey elected to receive a portion of their total non-equity incentive plan compensation payout in the form of stock options. In fiscal 2017, neither elected to receive a portion of their non-equity incentive plan compensation payout in the form of stock options. For fiscal 2016, they elected to receive 50% of their total non-equity incentive plan compensation payout amount above in the form of stock options and 50% in cash. As a result, Mr. Carlson received an option to purchase 15,187 shares of our common stock and Mr. Kirksey received an option to purchase 4,145 shares of our common stock, each at $4.62 per share. In fiscal 2015, Mr. Carlson elected to receive 25% of his total non-equity incentive plan compensation payout amount above in the form of stock options and 75% in cash. As a result, Mr. Carlson received an option to purchase 13,340 shares of our common stock at $8.85 per share. The options hereunder were fully vested upon grant and expire ten years from the grant date.

(c) Included in All Other Compensation for 2017 are employer contributions related to our 401(k) Plan (Mr. Carlson, $10,060; Mr. White, $1,251; Mr. Martino, $10,800; Mr. Kirksey, $7,056; and Mr. Norsworthy, $5,502), health insurance premiums (Mr. Carlson, $2,874; Mr. White, $2,635; Mr. Norsworthy, $2,770; Mr. Martino, $2,874), and premiums for group term and disability insurance (Mr. Carlson, $630; and Mr. Kirksey, $1,806); ); and relocation reimbursement (Mr. White, $51,710).

(d) Mr. Norsworthy was paid a signing bonus of $25,000, less deductions, paid in two equal payments in January 2016 and April 2016 as an inducement to join the Company.

(e) Mr. White's salary included commissions of $239,045 in fiscal 2017, $87 in fiscal 2016.

(f) Mr. White was paid a signing bonus of $70,000, less deductions, in 2016 as an inducement to join the Company.

(g) Mr. Martino’s salary included commissions of $50,241 in fiscal 2017, $71,686 in fiscal 2016 and $66,426 in fiscal 2015.

68

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2017

The following table includes plan-based awards made to named executive officers in 2017. 

		Estimated Potential Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (a)			All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options  (#)	Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Share)	Aggregate Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards  ($)
Name (d)	Grant Date	Threshold  ($)	Target  ($)	Maximum ($)
Chad A. Carlson		(b)	515,000	772,500
	2/23/17				41,266 (c)	9.17	201,250
Donald Norsworthy	2/23/17	(b)	212,438	318,656	10,213 (c)	9.17	49,809
Peter F. Martino		(b)	156,000	234,000
	2/23/2017				7,427 (c)	9.17	36,225
Jaymes D. Kirksey		(b)	139,050	208,575
	2/23/2017				6,685 (c)	9.17	32,603

(a) Non-equity incentive plan refers to our 2017 Executive Incentive Plan.

(b) See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-2017 Executive Incentive Plan” for a discussion of the levels of achievement of various metrics that could yield a partial payout.

(c) These stock options were granted as annual long-term incentives. The grant date fair value is equal to 30% (or, 50% in the case of Mr. Carlson) of the executive’s fiscal 2016 short-term incentive payout. The stock options cliff vest three years from the date of grant.

(d) Mr. White is not a participant in the 2017 Executive Incentive Plan and therefore is not included in this table.

69

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year End

The following table identifies the exercisable and unexercisable option awards for each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

		Option Awards
Name	Grant Date	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options  (#) Exercisable	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options  (#) Unexercisable	Option Exercise Price  ($)	Option Expiration Date
Chad A. Carlson	2/23/2017	—	41,266	9.17	2/23/2027	(b)
	2/22/2016	15,187	—	4.62	2/22/2026	(a)
	2/22/2016	—	17,952	4.62	2/22/2026	(b)
	2/17/2015	13,340	—	8.85	2/17/2025	(a)
	2/17/2015	—	29,124	8.85	2/17/2025	(b)
	3/7/2014	20,905	—	7.00	3/7/2024	(a)
	3/7/2014	22,884	—	7.00	3/7/2024	(b)
	2/25/2013	42,477	—	4.56	2/25/2023	(a)
	2/25/2013	42,477	—	4.56	2/25/2023	(b)
	2/14/2013	200,000	—	4.42	2/14/2023	(b)
	6/24/2011	157,440	—	3.80	6/24/2021	(c)
	6/14/2010	71,747	—	4.79	6/14/2020	(c)
Donald Norsworthy	2/23/2017	—	10,213	9.17	2/23/2027	(b)
	11/16/2015	—	75,000	3.80	11/16/2025	(b)
Stephen C. White	6/1/2016	—	75,000	4.25	6/1/2026	(b)
Peter F. Martino	2/23/2017	—	7,427	9.17	2/23/2027	(b)
	2/22/2016	—	3,287	4.62	2/22/2026
	2/17/2015	—	5,506	8.85	2/17/2025	(b)
	1/20/2014	85,000	—	6.75	1/20/2024	(b)
Jaymes D. Kirksey	2/23/2017	—	6,685	9.17	2/23/2027	(b)
	2/22/2016	4,145	—	4.62	2/22/2026	(a)
	2/22/2016	—	2,940	4.62	2/22/2026	(b)
	2/17/2015	3,286	—	8.85	2/17/2025	(a)
	2/17/2015	—	4,304	8.85	2/17/2025	(b)
	3/7/2014	9,025	—	7.00	3/7/2024	(a)
	2/4/2013	50,000	—	4.23	2/4/2023	(b)

(a) Options vest immediately.

(b) Options fully vest after three years.

(c) Options vest as to 25% of the option shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 2.0833% of the shares each month thereafter for 36 months.

70

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Chad A. Carlson

On June 24, 2011, we entered into an Employment Agreement with Chad A. Carlson that replaced the previous employment agreement with Mr. Carlson, dated May 26, 2010.  The Employment Agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $415,000, subject to periodic review and adjustment by the Compensation Committee.

Pursuant to Mr. Carlson’s Employment Agreement, he is eligible to participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan with a bonus potential of 100% of his then-current annual base salary at 100% target attainment pursuant to the Company’s incentive bonus plan. 

Mr. Carlson’s employment with the Company can be terminated at any time for any reason by the Company or Mr. Carlson.  However, if Mr. Carlson’s employment is terminated without cause, or if Mr. Carlson resigns with good reason, he will be entitled to receive the equivalent of twelve months of his then-current annual base salary, payable on the same basis and at the same time as previously paid, and he will be entitled to receive his annual bonus for the year of termination, pro-rated for time and performance.  In addition, if Mr. Carlson timely elects continuation of health insurance pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Mr. Carlson for a portion of his COBRA premiums that is equal to the Company’s monthly percentage contribution toward his health benefit premiums as of the date of termination for a period of eighteen months.  In addition, pursuant to an amendment to his Employment Agreement approved by the Compensation Committee on November 23, 2015, if Mr. Carlson’s employment with the Company is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason upon, or within two years after, the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Carlson will receive a lump sum payment equal to twenty-four months of his then-current annual base salary, as well as the health insurance benefits described above for a period of eighteen months. Severance and other benefits payable in connection with a change of control may be reduced if such benefits would be subject to taxation under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code to provide the greatest after-tax benefits.  All payments are contingent upon compliance with non-compete and non-solicit covenants.

The Employment Agreement also provides for non-disclosure by Mr. Carlson of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information and includes covenants by Mr. Carlson not to compete with the Company or hire or solicit its employees, suppliers and customers, in each case for a restricted period equal to twelve months following termination of employment.  Mr. Carlson also assigned to the Company any rights he may have to intellectual property that may be conceived in the scope of his employment.

Other Named Executive Officers

We are parties to Employment Agreements with each of the other named executive officers (Messrs. Norsworthy, White, Martino and Kirksey) that provide for the executive’s initial base salary and annual incentive bonus plan, expressed as a percentage of base salary. The Employment Agreements also provide for any initial equity grants.

Each named executive officer’s employment with the Company can be terminated at any time for any reason by the Company or the executive.  However, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive six months of his then-current annual base salary payable on the same basis and at the same time as previously paid, commencing on the first regularly scheduled pay date following termination.  In addition, pursuant to an amendment to the Employment Agreements approved by the Compensation Committee on November 23, 2015, if the executive’s employment with the Company is terminated without cause or the executive resigns for good reason upon, or within two years after, the consummation of a change of control, the executive will receive a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of his then-current annual base salary, as well as the health insurance benefits described above for a period of twelve months.

71

The Employment Agreements also provides for non-disclosure by the executives of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information and includes covenants by the executives not to compete with the Company or hire or solicit its employees, suppliers and customers, in each case for a restricted period equal to twelve months following termination of employment. 

Acceleration of Equity Awards upon Change of Control

The options that have been granted to each of the named executive officers have been granted under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (“2008 EIP”). Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, if a change of control (generally defined as a transaction involving a merger or consolidation of the Company or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets) occurs, then each outstanding award under the 2008 EIP that is not yet vested will immediately vest with respect to 50% of the shares that were unvested immediately before the change of control. If, in connection with a change of control, the awards under the 2008 EIP were either continued in effect or assumed or replaced by the surviving corporation, and within two years after the change of control, a participant is involuntarily terminated other than for cause (or, for certain awards, termination with good reason), then each such outstanding award will immediately become vested and exercisable in full and will remain exercisable for twenty-four months. In the event that awards will be cancelled because they are not assumed or replaced by the surviving corporation, they will immediately vest.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

A summary of the potential payments that each of our named executive officers would have received upon involuntary termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” (as described in each respective named executive officer’s Employment Agreement summary, above) and upon a termination related to change of control (as described in each respective named executive officer’s Employment Agreement summary, above), assuming that each triggering event occurred on December 31, 2017, is set forth below.

	Involuntary termination without “cause” (or, for Messrs. Carlson and Norsworthy, resignation for “good reason”) absent change of control (a)
	Continuation of Salary ($)	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation/ Bonus ($)	Continuation of Health Benefits ($)	Total  ($)
Chad A. Carlson	515,000	76,973	20,539	612,512
Donald Norsworthy	141,625	N/A	7,710	149,335
Stephen C. White	125,000	N/A	6,846	131,846
Peter F. Martino	130,000	N/A	6,846	136,846
Jaymes D. Kirksey	115,875	N/A	—	115,875

(a) Under the terms of Mr. Carlson’s Employment Agreement, if Mr. Carlson’s employment is terminated without cause, or if Mr. Carlson resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to receive (i) the equivalent of twelve months of his then-current annual base salary, (ii) his annual non-equity incentive plan bonus for the year of termination, pro-rated for time and performance, and (iii) if timely elected, reimbursement for a portion of his COBRA premiums equal to the Company’s monthly percentage contribution toward his health benefit premiums as of the date of termination for a period of eighteen months.  The amounts listed above under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation/Bonus represent the amounts earned under the non-equity incentive bonus plan during 2017. Under the terms of each other executive’s Employment Agreement, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause (or, in the case of Mr. Norsworthy, if he resigns for good reason), he will be entitled to receive (i) the equivalent of six months of his then-current annual base salary and (ii) if timely elected, reimbursement for a portion of his COBRA premiums that is equal to the Company’s monthly contribution toward his health benefit premiums as of the date of termination for a period of six months.

72

	Change of control (a)		Involuntary termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” upon, or within two years after, a “change of control” (b)
	Acceleration of Equity Awards ($) (c)		Continuation of Salary ($)	Continuation of Health Benefits ($)	Acceleration of Equity Awards ($) (a)	Total ($)
Chad A. Carlson	80,837	1,030,000		20,539	80,837	1,131,376
Donald Norsworthy	235,460	283,250		15,420	235,460	534,130
Stephen C. White	214,500	250,000		13,693	214,500	478,193
Peter F. Martino	14,847	260,000		13,693	14,847	288,540
Jaymes D. Kirksey	12,949	231,750		—	12,949	244,699

(a) Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, if a change of control (generally defined as a transaction involving a merger or consolidation of the Company or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets) occurs, then each outstanding award under the 2008 EIP that is not yet vested will immediately vest with respect to 50% of the shares that were unvested immediately before the change of control. If, in connection with a change of control, the awards under the 2008 EIP were either continued in effect or assumed or replaced by the surviving corporation, and within two years after the change of control, a participant is involuntarily terminated other than for cause, then each such outstanding award will immediately become vested and exercisable in full and will remain exercisable for twenty-four months. The table above shows the value as of December 31, 2017 of the acceleration of equity awards (i.e., 50% of unvested shares) if a change of control occurred on December 31, 2017.

(b) Under the terms of their Employment Agreements, if a named executive officer’s employment with the Company is terminated without cause or such named executive officer resigns for good reason upon, or within two years after, the consummation of a change of control, such named executive officer will receive a lump sum payment equal to twelve months (twenty-four months for the Chief Executive Officer) of his then-current annual base salary, as well as the health insurance benefits described above for a period of twelve months (eighteen months for the Chief Executive Officer).

(c) All other stock options were either fully vested or had exercise prices below the market value at December 31, 2017.

Summary of “Good Reason,” “Cause” and “Change of Control” in Employment Agreements and 2008 EIP

In general, “good reason” includes:

(a) reduction of base salary, bonus, or benefits except as part of across-the-board reductions of all of our executive officers;

(b) assignment of duties that are substantially inconsistent with their position with us and not a reasonable advancement for them; or

(c) the executive’s principal place of performing services for us being relocated more than 60 miles from its current location.

In general, the definition of “cause” includes:

(a)    incompetence;

(b)    failure or refusal to perform required duties;

(c) violation of law (other than traffic violations, misdemeanors or similar offenses), court order, regulatory directive, or agreement;

(d)    material breach of the executive’s fiduciary duty to us; or

(e) dishonorable or disruptive behavior that would be reasonably expected to harm us or bring disrepute to us, our business, or any of our customers, employees or vendors.

73

In general, the definition of “change of control” includes:

(a) an acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of our then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities;

(b) incumbent members of our board of directors ceasing for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board;

(c) our consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation with or into another entity, unless our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from the transaction;

(d)    our consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or

(e)    approval by the stockholders of our complete liquidation or dissolution.

CEO Pay Ratio

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following information about the relationship of the annual total compensation of our employees and the annual total compensation of Mr. Chad A. Carlson, our Chief Executive Officer (our “CEO”):

For 2017, our last completed fiscal year:

• the annual total compensation of the employee identified at median of our company (other than our CEO), was $9,889; and

• the annual total compensation of our CEO, for purposes of determining the CEO Pay Ratio was $804,364.

Based on this information, for fiscal year 2017, the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO, to the annual total compensation of our median employee was estimated to be 81:1.

This pay ratio is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules based on our payroll and employment records and the methodology described below. The SEC rules for identifying the median compensated employee and calculating the pay ratio based on that employee’s annual total compensation allow companies to adopt a variety of methodologies, to apply certain exclusions, and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that reflect their compensation practices. As such, the pay ratio reported by other companies may not be comparable to the pay ratio reported above, as other companies may have different employment and compensation practices and may utilize different methodologies, exclusions, estimates and assumptions in calculating their own pay ratios.

To determine the annual total compensation of the “median employee,” the methodology and the material assumptions, adjustments, and estimates that we used were as follows:

We determined that, as of December 31, 2017, our employee population consisted of approximately 13,280 individuals globally. We selected December 31, 2017, which is within the last three months of 2017, as the date upon which we would identify the “median employee” to reflect a full fiscal year of global workforce compensation.

Our employee population, after taking the 5% “De Minimis Exemption” adjustment as permitted under SEC rules (described below), consisted of approximately 12,892 individuals.

De Minimis Exemption:
Total US Employees	4,724
Total Non-US Employees	8,556	(no exemptions)
Total Global Workforce	13,280
Total Exemptions:
Jamaica	388
Total Exclusions:	388
Total US Employees	4,724
Total non-US. Employees	8,168	(excluding 388 employees)
Total Workforce for Median Calculation	12,892

74

In total, we excluded less than 5% of our total global workforce (approximately 388 individuals) from the identification of the “median employee,” as permitted by SEC rules.

To identify the “median employee” from our employee population, we collected actual base salary, bonus paid, and any overtime paid during the 12-month period ending December 31, 2017.

In making this determination, we annualized the compensation of all newly hired permanent employees during this period.

Compensation of Directors

The following table presents the total compensation for each non-employee director who served as a member of our Board of Directors during 2017. In 2017, we did not pay any other compensation to the members of our Board of Directors.

Name	Stock Awards(a)  ($)	Option Awards(a)  ($)	Total  ($)
Arnaud Ajdler	90,000	—	90,000
Jack D. Plating	—	90,113	90,113
Benjamin L. Rosenzweig	90,000	—	90,000
Robert Sheft	—	90,113	90,113
Ed Zschau	—	90,113	90,113

(a) The amounts shown in these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards and options granted to each director during 2017. This does not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the directors.  See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 for information on the assumptions used in accounting for equity awards.

Members of the Board of Directors are compensated entirely with equity awards.  At the start of each quarter, members of the Board of Directors, at their option, may elect to receive (1) stock options to purchase shares of common stock with a fair value equivalent to $22,500 (calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model), (2) common stock with a grant date fair value of $22,500, (3) deferred stock units with a fair value equivalent to $22,500 or (4) any combination of options, stock and deferred stock units.  Upon the date of grant, the members of the Board of Directors are immediately vested in the stock options or stock.

As of December 31, 2017, our current non-employee directors had the following outstanding equity awards:

Name	Aggregate number of stock options	Aggregate number of deferred stock units
Arnaud Ajdler	—	41,234
Jack D. Plating	133,041	—
Benjamin L. Rosenzweig	196,054	8,891
Robert Sheft	208,682	—
Ed Zschau	223,682	—

75

ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plans

 The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2017, about our equity compensation plans. 

Plan Category	(a) Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options	(b) Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights		(c) Number of Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders	2,322,323	$	4.94	295,248
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders	—	—		—
Total	2,322,323	$	4.94	295,248

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Directors, Executive Officers, and Principal Stockholders

The table below presents information as of February 13, 2018, regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock by:

• Each of our directors and the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;

• Each person we know to have beneficially owned more than five percent of our common stock as of that date; and

• All of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

	Beneficial Ownership of Shares
Name of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares (1)	Percentage of Class
A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr. (2)(3)	2,914,382	18.0	%
Privet Fund Management LLC (4)	1,471,055	9.1	%
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (5)	921,475	5.7	%
Steven D. Lebowitz (6)	978,500	6.0	%
BlackRock, Inc. (7)	816,533	5.0	%
Directors:
Arnaud Ajdler (2)(8)	613,428	3.8	%
Jack D. Plating (2)(9)	167,288	1.0	%
Benjamin L. Rosenzweig (2)(10)	222,864	1.4	%
Robert Sheft (2)(11)	250,340	1.5	%
Ed Zschau (2)(12)	254,004	1.5	%
Named Executive Officers:
Chad A. Carlson (2)(13)	757,205	4.5	%
Donald Norsworthy (2)	17,554	*
Peter F. Martino (2)(14)	125,430	*
Stephen C. White (2)	783	*
Jaymes D. Kirksey (2)(15)	84,416	*
All Current Directors and Executive Officers as a group (10 persons)	2,493,312	14.0	%

* Less than one percent.

(1) Calculated pursuant to Rule 13d-3(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Under Rule 13d-3(d), shares not outstanding that are subject to options, warrants, rights or conversion privileges exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the number and percentage owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage owned by each other person listed. Accordingly, share ownership in each case includes shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days after February 13, 2018.  Included in this table are all shares of restricted stock (vested and unvested) and deferred stock units (vested and unvested) as of February 13, 2018.  Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes and subject to community property

76

laws where applicable, each of the named persons has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned.

(2) The address of such person is c/o StarTek, Inc., 8200 East Maplewood Ave., Suite 100, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111.

(3) This disclosure is based on information provided to us in a questionnaire. Mr. Stephenson has entered into an investor rights agreement with us, which is more fully described below in "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."

(4) This disclosure is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC by Privet Fund LP on May 15, 2015. The address of this stockholder is 79 West Paces Ferry Road, Suite 200B, Atlanta, Georgia 30305. These securities are owned by various individual and institutional investors, including Privet Fund Management LLC (which owns 1,471,055 shares, representing 9.3% of the shares outstanding). Privet Fund Management LLC reports shared voting power with respect to 1,471,055 shares and

shared dispositive power with respect to 1,471,055 shares.

(5) This disclosure is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP on February 9, 2018.  The address of this stockholder is Building One, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746.  For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP is deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities; however, Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities.  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP reports sole voting power with respect to 880,226 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 921,475 shares.

(6) This disclosure is based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Steven D. Lebowitz on February 15, 2018.  The address of this stockholder is 1333 Second Street, Suite 650, Santa Monica, CA 90401. Mr. Lebowitz reports sole voting and dispositive voting power with respect to 157,500 shares. In addition, Mr. Lebowitz reports shared voting and dispositive power together with Deborah P. Lebowitz (as to 821,000 shares), with The Lebowitz Family LLC (as to 117,500 shares), with Lebowitz RCT, L.P (as to 40,000 shares) and Lebowitz RCT, Inc. (as to 40,000 shares).

(7) This disclosure is based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by BlackRock, Inc. on February 1, 2018.  The address of this stockholder is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

(8) Includes 43,525 shares of common stock underlying deferred stock units that will settle when the director’s service on the Board of Directors terminates.

(9) Includes 136,291 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options.

(10) Includes 196,054 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options and 11,182 shares of common stock underlying deferred stock units that will settle when the director's service on the Board of Directors terminates.

(11) Includes 211,932 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options.

(12) Includes 13,368 share owned by the Zschau Living Trust and 226,932 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options.

(13) Includes 615,581 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options.

(14) Includes 90,506 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options.

(15) Includes 70,760 shares of common stock underlying vested stock options

77

ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Mr. Ajdler, Mr. Plating, Mr. Rosenzweig, Mr. Sheft and Dr. Zschau are “independent” under the regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).  None of these directors has any relationship or has been party to any transactions that the Board believes could impair the independent judgment of these directors in considering matters relating to us.

Related Person Transaction Approval Policy

Our Audit Committee reviews and pre-approves transactions we may enter into with our directors, executive officers, principal stockholders (greater than 5%) or persons affiliated with our directors, executive officers or principal stockholders. Our Audit Committee has adopted formal procedures for these reviews. We have a written related person transaction approval policy, which the Audit Committee is responsible for applying.  Transactions subject to this policy include any transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which the Company is or will be a participant and in which a related person has a direct or indirect interest.  A related person includes (1) all of our directors and executive officers, (2) any nominee for director, (3) any immediate family member of a director, nominee for director or executive officer and (4) any holder of more than five percent of our common stock, or an immediate family member of such holder.  The standards for approval by the Audit Committee include (i) whether the terms are fair to the Company, (ii) whether the transaction is material to the Company, (iii) the role that the related person has played in arranging the transaction, (iv) the structure of the related person transaction and (v) the interests of all related persons in the transaction.  Furthermore, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires directors and executive officers to disclose any transaction with us in which they may have a direct or indirect interest.

Certain Transactions

Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews periodically, but at least annually, a summary of our transactions with our directors and executive officers and with firms that employ directors, as well as any other material related party transactions, for the purpose of recommending to the disinterested members of the Board of Directors that the transactions are fair, reasonable and within Company policy and should be ratified and approved.  This list of transactions is compiled via questionnaires that are distributed annually to all our directors and officers and upon initial employment and/or election to the Board.  The Audit Committee has adopted a related person transaction approval policy, described on page 11, which sets forth guidelines for the review and approval of related party transactions.

Investor Rights Agreement

We entered into an investor rights agreement with A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr. that took effect on June 9, 2004 and terminates if Mr. Stephenson ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of our common stock. The agreement provides that, subject to the Board of Directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable law, we will nominate for election to our Board of Directors designees named by Mr. Stephenson representing (i) a number of directors equal to one less than a majority of the Board if there is an odd number of directors, or two less than a majority if there is an even number of directors, so long as Mr. Stephenson, together with members of his family, beneficially owns 30% or more of our outstanding common stock or (ii) one director, so long as Mr. Stephenson, together with members of his family, beneficially owns between 10% and 30% of our outstanding common stock. The agreement also required that we amend Article II, Section 6 of our Bylaws to provide that a holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock is entitled to call a special stockholders meeting. The investor rights agreement provides that so long as Mr. Stephenson, together with members of his family, beneficially owns 10% or more of our outstanding common stock, Article II, Section 6 of the Bylaws, as amended, may not be further amended by our Board of Directors without Mr. Stephenson’s consent.

On February 1, 2014, we entered into an amendment to the investor rights agreement removing the inclusion of shares of common stock held by members of Mr. Stephenson’s family in determining beneficial ownership. Mr. Stephenson owned

78

approximately 18.4% of our outstanding common stock as of February 13, 2018.  Accordingly, Mr. Stephenson currently has the right to elect one director; however, none of the nominees named in Proposal 1 were nominated by Mr. Stephenson. 

Mr. Stephenson’s nominees under these provisions need not be independent or meet other specific criteria, so long as a majority of the members of our Board are independent under the rules of the SEC and the NYSE.

The rights provided to Mr. Stephenson in the investor rights agreement may not be transferred to any third party other than to Mrs. Stephenson, upon the death or incompetence of Mr. Stephenson and to her estate, upon the subsequent death or incompetence of Mrs. Stephenson. Mr. Stephenson does not have the right to vote shares of stock held by other members of the Stephenson family.

Settlement and Standstill Agreement with Privet and A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.

On May 5, 2011, the Company entered into a Settlement and Standstill Agreement with Privet Fund LP, Privet Fund Management LLC, Ryan Levenson, Ben Rosenzweig, A. Emmett Stephenson, Jr. and Toni E. Stephenson pursuant to which Mr. Rosenzweig and Mr. Sheft were appointed to our Board. Pursuant to the agreement, Privet Fund LP, Privet Fund Management LLC, Mr. Levenson and Mr. Rosenzweig agree that neither they, nor any of their respective affiliates will, while Messrs. Rosenzweig and Sheft serve on the Board, engage in, among other things, any proxy solicitation with respect to the securities of the Company or any tender offer, business combination or restructuring with respect to the Company, and will not to seek to place a representative on the Board, seek the removal of any member of the Board or change the size or composition of the Board.

Nomination and Standstill Agreement with Engine Capital

On March 19, 2015, the Company entered into a Nomination and Standstill Agreement with Engine Capital, L.P., Engine Jet Capital, L.P., P Engine Ltd., Engine Investments, LLC, Engine Capital Management, LLC and Arnaud Ajdler (the “Engine Capital Group”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to nominate Mr. Ajdler to the Board at the 2015 Annual Meeting. The Company agreed to use the same solicitation efforts on behalf of Mr. Ajdler as for all other nominees. Under the agreement, if at any time, the Engine Capital group ceases to own at least 3% of the common stock of the Company (other than as a result of dilutive issuances by the Company), Mr. Ajdler will promptly resign from the Board. While serving on the Board, Mr. Ajdler agrees to be bound by all policies, codes and guidelines (including the Company’s insider trading policy) applicable to directors of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Engine Capital Group agreed that neither they, nor any of their respective affiliates will, until Mr. Ajdler ceases to serve as a director on the Board, engage in, among other things, any proxy solicitation with respect to the securities of the Company or any tender offer, business combination or restructuring with respect to the Company, and will not seek to place a representative on the Board, seek the removal of any member of the Board or change the size or composition of the Board.

ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The aggregate fees billed for services rendered by EKS&H LLLP during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows: 

	2017		2016
Audit fees (a)	$	290,113	$	279,430
Audit related fees (b)	81,640		74,447
Tax fees (c)	18,400		34,300
All other fees	—		—
Total	$	390,153	$	388,177

(a) Audit fees for services consisted of audits of our annual financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting and reviews of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

(b) Audit-related fees consisted of services related to our SOC 2 audit.

79

(c) Tax fees for 2017 and 2016 consisted of services related to review of U.S. Federal and state tax returns, review of non-US tax returns, and certain other tax related services in foreign countries.

In accordance with our Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee approves in advance any and all services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, including audit engagement fees and terms and non-audit services provided to us by our independent auditors (subject to the de minimis exception for non-audit services contained in the Exchange Act), all as required by applicable law or listing standards. The independent auditors and our management are required to periodically report to the Audit Committee the extent of services provided by the independent auditors and the fees associated with these services.

The Audit Committee has determined that the non-audit services provided by EKS&H LLLP were compatible with maintaining the firms’ independence.

80

Part IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements.  See the index to the Consolidated Financial Statements of StarTek, Inc. and its subsidiaries that appears in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

2.  The Index of Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit		Incorporated Herein by Reference
No.	Exhibit Description	Form	Exhibit	Filing Date
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of StarTek, Inc.	S-1	3.1	1/29/1997
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of StarTek, Inc.	8-K	3.2	11/1/2011
3.3	Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of StarTek, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 21, 1999	10-K	3.3	3/8/2000
3.4	Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of StarTek, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 23, 2000	10-Q	3.4	8/14/2000
4.1	Specimen Common Stock certificate	10-Q	4.2	11/6/2007
10.1	Investor Rights Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc., A. Emmet Stephenson Jr., and Toni E. Stephenson	10-K	10.48	3/9/2004
10.2†	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	10-Q	10.2	5/10/2016
10.3†	Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	10.3	5/5/2008
10.4†	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	10.4	5/5/2008
10.5†	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Employee) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	10.5	5/5/2008
10.6†	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	8-K	10.6	5/5/2008
10.7†	Form of Indemnification Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and its Officers and Directors	10-K	10.49	3/9/2004
10.8	Settlement and Standstill Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc., A. Emmett Stephenson, Jr., Privet Fund LP, Privet Fund Management LLP, Ryan Levenson, Ben Rosenzweig and Toni E. Stephenson dated as of May 5, 2011	8-K	10.1	5/6/2011
10.9†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Chad A. Carlson dated June 24, 2011	8-K	10.1	6/29/2011
10.10&	Order No. 20070105.006.S.28 effective August 1, 2011 pursuant to Agreement No. 20060105.006.C between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc	10-Q	10.1	11/2/2011
10.11&	Services Agreement and Statement of Work by and between StarTek, Inc. and T-Mobile USA, Inc. for certain call center services dated effective July 1, 2011	10-Q	10.2	11/2/2011

81

10.12†	Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	10-Q	10.3	11/2/2011
10.13†	Form of Deferred Stock Unit Master Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan	10-K	10.36	3/9/2012
10.14	Amendment to Investor Rights Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc. and A. Emmet Stephenson Jr.	10-K	10.35	3/7/2014
10.15†	StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated June 14, 2016)	DEF 14A	A	4/29/2016
10.16†	StarTek, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated June 14, 2016)	DEF 14A	B	4/29/2016
10.17&	Master Services Agreement executed January 6, 2014 between StarTek, Inc. and Comcast Cable Communications Management, LLC effective June 22, 2013	10-Q/A	10.2	7/29/2014
10.18	Nomination and Standstill Agreement, dated March 19, 2015, by and among StarTek, Inc., and the members of the Engine Capital Group	8-K	10.1	3/20/2015
10.19	Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2015, by and among StarTek, Inc. and BMO Harris Bank, N.A.	10-Q	10.1	8/10/2015
10.20†	2015 Executive Incentive Plan	10-Q	10.2	5/11/2015
10.21†	Form of Executive Employment Agreement for certain executive officers	10-Q	10.3	5/11/2015
10.22	First Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc. and BMO Harris Bank, N.A.	10-Q	10.2	8/10/2015
10.23	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc. and BMO Harris Bank, N.A.	10-Q	10.1	11/9/2015
10.24†	Employment Agreement by and between Donald Norsworthy and StarTek, Inc.	10-K	10.26	3/14/2016
10.25†	Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement for executive officers	10-K	10.27	3/14/2016
10.26	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc. and BMO Harris Bank, N.A.	8-K	10.1	1/26/2016
10.27&	Contract Center Master Services Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc. effective August 8, 2016	10-Q	10.1	11/8/2016
10.28	Fourth amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among Startek, Inc. and BMO Harris Bank, N.A	10-Q	10.1	4/3/2017
21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1*	Consent of EKS&H LLLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1*	Certification of Chad A. Carlson pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*	Certification of Don Norsworthy pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*	Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

82

101* The following materials are formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2014 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

*	Filed with this Form 10-K.
†	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
&	Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

83

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

STARTEK, INC.
By:	/s/ CHAD A. CARLSON	Date: March 16, 2018
	Chad A. Carlson
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ CHAD A. CARLSON	President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)	Date: March 16, 2018
Chad A. Carlson
/s/ DON NORSWORTHY	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)	Date: March 16, 2018
Don Norsworthy
/s/ ED ZSCHAU	Chairman of the Board	Date: March 16, 2018
Ed Zschau
/s/ ROBERT SHEFT	Director	Date: March 16, 2018
Robert Sheft
/s/ BENJAMIN L. ROSENZWEIG	Director	Date: March 16, 2018
Benjamin L. Rosenzweig
/s/ JACK D. PLATING	Director	Date: March 16, 2018
Jack D. Plating
/s/ ARNAUD AJDLER	Director	Date: March 16, 2018
Arnaud Ajdler

84

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

NAME OF SUBSIDIARIES	JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION	SUBSIDIARIES DOING BUSINESS AS
StarTek USA, Inc.	Colorado	StarTek USA StarTek StarTek Services
StarTek Canada Services, Ltd.	Nova Scotia, Canada	StarTek Canada Services StarTek StarTek Services
StarTek International, Limited	Bermuda	StarTek International
StarTek Honduras, SAdeCV	Honduras	StarTek Honduras
StarTek Health Services, Inc.	Colorado	StarTek Health
StarTek Philippines, Inc.	Philippines	StarTek Philippines
Collection Center, Inc.	North Dakota	CCI
Accent Marketing Services, LLC	Delaware	Accent Accent Marketing
Accent St. Lucia Corp.	St. Lucia	Accent St. Lucia
Accent Marketing Jamaica Limited	Jamaica	Accent Jamaica

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in StarTek, Inc.’s Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-213041, 333-213040, 333-213039, 333-150634, 333-150635, 333-142780, 333-134903, 333-126989, 333-168463, 333-117451, 333-183226 and 333-195801) of our report dated March 16, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of StarTek, Inc., which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

EKS&H LLLP

Denver, Colorado

March 16, 2018

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Chad A. Carlson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of StarTek, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2018	/s/ CHAD A. CARLSON
	Chad A. Carlson
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Don Norsworthy, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of StarTek, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2018	/s/ DON NORSWORTHY
	Don Norsworthy
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS

In connection with the Annual Report of StarTek, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned individuals, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 16, 2018	/s/ CHAD A. CARLSON
	Chad A. Carlson
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 16, 2018	/s/ DON NORSWORTHY
	Don Norsworthy
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Corporation and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

DOCUMENT AND ENTITY INFORMATION - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Mar. 12, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Document and Entity Information Abstract
Entity Registrant Name	StarTek, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001031029
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2017
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 154.8
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		16,199,122
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2017
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 292,604	$ 307,200	$ 282,134
Cost of services	260,242	270,779	257,830
Gross profit	32,362	36,421	24,304
Selling, general and administrative expenses	32,584	33,196	34,427
Impairment losses and restructuring charges, net	520	364	3,890
Operating income (loss)	(742)	2,861	(14,013)
Interest and other (expense), net	(970)	(1,748)	(1,139)
Income (loss) before income taxes	(1,712)	1,113	(15,152)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(436)	718	464
Net income (loss)	(1,276)	395	(15,616)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	141	297	(47)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments	691	(248)	(427)
Pension remeasurement	601	253	0
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 157	$ 697	$ (16,090)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$ (0.08)	$ 0.03	$ (1.01)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$ (0.08)	$ 0.02	$ (1.01)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	15,966	15,731	15,529
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	15,966	16,258	15,529

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 1,456	$ 1,039
Trade accounts receivable, net	53,052	60,179
Prepaid expenses	2,351	2,140
Other current assets	1,290	1,670
Total current assets	58,149	65,028
Property, plant and equipment, net	19,943	23,276
Intangible assets, net	5,557	6,697
Goodwill	9,077	9,077
Other long-term assets	3,272	2,730
Total assets	95,998	106,808
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	7,019	7,612
Accrued liabilities:
Accrued employee compensation and benefits	12,850	13,767
Other accrued liabilities	2,105	2,083
Line of credit	0	26,025
Other current debt	2,725	2,740
Other current liabilities	1,249	2,137
Total current liabilities	25,948	54,364
Long-term Line of Credit	19,078	0
Other debt	3,128	5,500
Other liabilities	905	2,200
Total liabilities	49,059	62,064
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, 32,000,000 non-convertible shares, $0.01 par value, authorized; 16,175,351 and 15,811,516 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively	162	158
Additional paid-in capital	82,594	80,560
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	1,384	(49)
Accumulated deficit	(37,201)	(35,925)
Total stockholders’ equity	46,939	44,744
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 95,998	$ 106,808

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS [Parenthetical] - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, non-convertible shares authorized	32,000,000	32,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	16,175,351	15,811,516
Common stock, shares outstanding	16,175,351	15,811,516

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$ (1,276)	$ 395	$ (15,616)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	11,080	12,250	13,261
Impairment losses	109	174	323
Provision for doubtful accounts	(40)	112	132
Gain (loss) on sale of assets	3	(3)	(509)
Share-based compensation expense	1,015	1,722	1,469
Amortization of deferred gain on sale leaseback transaction	0	0	(168)
Deferred income taxes	(327)	265	210
Income tax benefit related to other comprehensive income	(511)	(31)	(282)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable, net	7,187	(2,343)	(2,580)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	781	723	(490)
Accounts payable	(537)	(2,331)	764
Accrued and other liabilities	(1,956)	4	(1,150)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	15,528	10,937	(4,636)
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of assets	350	40	982
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	(7,185)	(3,797)	(7,722)
Cash paid for acquisitions of businesses	0	(825)	(18,258)
Net cash used in investing activities	(6,835)	(4,582)	(24,998)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock	1,023	400	917
Proceeds from line of credit	307,866	302,711	318,890
Principal payments on line of credit	(314,813)	(308,900)	(291,316)
Principal payments on other debt	(2,860)	(3,055)	(1,972)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(8,784)	(8,844)	26,519
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	508	902	435
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	417	(1,587)	(2,680)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	1,039	2,626	5,306
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	1,456	1,039	2,626
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest	1,623	1,553	1,601
Cash paid for income taxes	373	564	348
Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing Activities
Assets acquired through capital lease and direct financing	$ 0	$ 54	$ 7,388

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Common Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Accumulated Deficit
Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 54,681	$ 154	$ 76,056	$ (825)	$ (20,704)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014		15,414,803
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock	939	$ 3	936
Issuance of common stock (in shares)		284,595
Share-based compensation expense	1,447		1,447
Net income (loss)	(15,616)				(15,616)
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	474			474
Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	41,925	$ 157	78,439	(351)	(36,320)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2015		15,699,398
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock	400	$ 1	399
Issuance of common stock (in shares)		112,118
Share-based compensation expense	1,722		1,722
Net income (loss)	395				395
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	302			302
Balance at Dec. 31, 2016	$ 44,744	$ 158	80,560	(49)	(35,925)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2016	15,811,516	15,811,516
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock	$ 1,023	$ 4	1,019
Issuance of common stock (in shares)		363,835
Share-based compensation expense	1,015		1,015
Net income (loss)	(1,276)				(1,276)
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	1,433			1,433
Balance at Dec. 31, 2017	$ 46,939	$ 162	$ 82,594	$ 1,384	$ (37,201)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2017	16,175,351	16,175,351

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

StarTek, Inc. ("STARTEK") is a comprehensive contact center and business process outsourcing services company. For over 25 years, we have partnered with our clients to effectively handle their customers throughout the customer life cycle. We have provided customer experience management solutions that solve strategic business challenges so that businesses can effectively manage customer relationships across all contact points. Headquartered in Greenwood Village, Colorado, we operate facilities in the U.S., Canada, Honduras, Jamaica, and the Philippines.  We operate within three business segments:  Domestic, Nearshore, and Offshore.  Refer to Note 16, "Segment Information," for further information.

Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of significant intercompany balances and transactions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts included in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period they are determined to be necessary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments.  Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial.  We regularly monitor credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss.  We evaluate the creditworthiness of clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes of revenue recognition and accounts receivable.  We do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

Foreign Currency

The assets and liabilities of our foreign operations that are recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in interest and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Such gains and losses were not material for any period presented.

Revenue Recognition

We invoice our clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenues for such services when completed. Substantially all of our contractual arrangements are based either on a production rate, meaning that we recognize revenue based on the billable hours or minutes of each call center agent, or on a rate per transaction basis.  These rates could be based on the number of paid hours the agent works, the number of minutes the agent is available to answer calls, or the number of minutes the agent is actually handling calls for the client, depending on the client contract.  Production rates vary by client contract and can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred based on a measurement of the appropriate penalty under the terms of the client contract.  Likewise, some client contracts stipulate that we are entitled to bonuses should we meet or exceed these predetermined quality and/or performance obligations.  These bonuses are recognized as incremental revenue in the period in which they are earned.

As a general rule, our contracts do not qualify for separate unit of accounting for multiple deliverables.  We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are expensed as incurred.

We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is substantially in compliance with the ASU. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method for adoption of ASU 2014-09, therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided for known and estimated potential losses arising from sales to customers based on a periodic review of these accounts.  The allowance for doubtful accounts was $52 and $244, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, restructuring liabilities, and line of credit approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and credit risk.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Refer to Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional information on how we determine fair value for our assets and liabilities.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity at purchase that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Our derivative instruments consist of foreign currency forward and option contracts and are recorded as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income.  Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in the statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

We generally are able to apply cash flow hedge accounting which associates the results of the hedges with forecasted future intercompany expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted intercompany expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  During 2017, 2016, and 2015, our cash flow hedges were highly effective and hedge ineffectiveness was not material. While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment, are stated at depreciated cost. Additions and improvement activities are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings and building improvements	10-30 years
Telephone and computer equipment	3-5 years
Software	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	5-7 years

We depreciate leasehold improvements associated with operating leases over the shorter of 7 years or remaining life of the lease plus renewal term, if renewal is more likely than not.  Amortization expense related to assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets.  In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers. Refer to Note 4 “Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges” for additional information on impairment of long-lived assets recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Goodwill

Goodwill is recorded at fair value and not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment ("Step 0") to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit is "more likely than not" less than the carrying amount or if significant changes related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. We can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, "Step 1" is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any. This step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. We define our reporting units to be the same as our operating segments and have elected to perform the annual impairment assessment for goodwill in the fourth quarter. Refer to Note 3 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for additional information on impairment of goodwill recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Intangible Assets

We amortize all acquisition-related intangible assets that are subject to amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life based on economic benefit as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Developed technology	8 years
Customer relationships	3-10 years
Trade name	6-7 years

We perform a review of intangible assets to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess recoverability by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization and amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life.

For further discussion of goodwill and identified intangible assets, refer to Note 3, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets."

Restructuring Charges

On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with our postemployment policy and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan. A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities.  We determine our estimate of sublease payments based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords, a third-party broker or management’s assessment of our ability to sublease the facility based upon the market conditions in which the facility is located. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain.

Leases

Rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations are included in some instances in the base price of our rent payments over the term of our operating leases. We recognize rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Assets held under capital leases are included in property, plant and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets and depreciated over the term of the lease. Rent payments under the leases are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations. We are required to estimate our income taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences are recorded as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period during which such rates are enacted.  We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that we will not realize the net deferred tax assets in a certain jurisdiction.

We record tax benefits when they are more likely than not to be realized.  Our policy is to reflect penalties and interest as part of income tax expense as they become applicable. 

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, based on the grant-date fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments.  We include an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense.  We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.  See Note 11, “Share-Based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans,” for further information regarding the assumptions used to calculate share-based payment expense.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) (“ASU 2018-02”), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows for stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be reclassified to retained earnings. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new standard.

In August 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) ("ASU 2017-12"), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments in this ASU better align an entity’s risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. To meet that objective, the amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU 2017-09"), Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. An entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: 1. The fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification; 2. The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and 3. The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-09 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) ("ASU 2017-04"), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the amendments eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit should be considered when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The guidance is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740) ("ASU 2016-16"), Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. The purpose of ASU 2016-16 is to simplify the income tax accounting of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and to record its effect when the transfer occurs. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-16 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren't measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today's "incurred loss" approach with an "expected loss" model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary impairment model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU2016-09"), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in ASU 2016-09 address multiple aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liability, and classification on the statements of cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period. We adopted this ASU for the first quarter of 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). These amendments require the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases currently classified as operating leases under ASC 840 “Leases”. These amendments also require qualitative disclosures along with specific quantitative disclosures. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Entities are required to apply the amendments at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements, and we anticipate that adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have an impact to the financial statement presentation of right of use asset, lease liability, amortization expense, and lease expense.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements and converges areas under this topic with those of the International Financial Reporting Standards. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is prohibited. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We have assessed the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is in compliance with the ASU. Therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method of adoption for ASU 2014-09. We are currently evaluating the additional disclosures that will be required upon adoption.

XML

ACQUISITIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Business Combinations [Abstract]

ACQUISITIONS

ACQUISITIONS

Accent Marketing Services

On June 1, 2015, we acquired 100% of the membership interests of Accent Marketing Services, L.L.C. ("ACCENT") for $17,492, pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with MDC Corporate (US) Inc. and MDC Acquisition Inc. ACCENT is a business process outsourcing company providing contact center services and customer engagement solutions across six locations in the U.S. and Jamaica.

During the first quarter of 2016, we finalized the valuation of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date resulting in an immaterial adjustment to accounts payable and goodwill.

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2017, we have recognized $9,077 of goodwill related to business acquisitions. All goodwill is assigned to our Domestic segment.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis at least annually (in the fourth quarter of each year), unless indicators of impairment exist in interim periods. We performed a quantitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units with goodwill exceeded its carrying value. In making this assessment, we evaluated overall business and overall economic conditions since the date of our acquisitions as well as expectations of projected revenues and cash flows, assumptions impacting the weighted average cost of capital and overall global industry and market conditions.

We concluded that the fair value of the domestic reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value and goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2017.

Intangible Assets

The following table presents our intangible assets as of December 31, 2017:

	Gross Intangibles		Accumulated Amortization		Net Intangibles		Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)
Developed technology	$	390	$	231	$	159	2.15
Customer relationships	7,550		2,720		4,830		3.11
Trade name	1,050		482		568		2.24
	$	8,990	$	3,433	$	5,557	2.99

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $1,140, $1,150, and $852 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We estimated future amortization expense for the succeeding years relating to the intangible assets resulting from acquisitions as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Amount
2018	$	1,140
2019	1,131
2020	1,128
2021	1,004
2022	862
Thereafter	292

We evaluated our intangible assets based on current economic and business indicators and determined they were not impaired

as of December 31, 2017.

XML

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

Impairment Losses

During the second quarter of 2017, we closed our facility in Tell City, Indiana. The closure resulted in the recognition of an impairment loss of $53 related to the disposal of certain assets. 

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we evaluated certain equipment and recognized an impairment loss of $56 related to items that were no longer useful.

During 2015, we pursued opening additional capacity in our Nearshore segment. When it became evident that this additional capacity was not necessary, we recognized $323 of impairment losses related to certain assets we determined to be no longer useful. In September 2016, we impaired the remaining value of the assets when we determined that we would not be able to sell them, resulting in an additional loss of $174.

During 2015, we terminated the lease on a portion of under-utilized space in the Offshore segment. As part of this transaction, we sold the assets that were occupying this space to the new lessee and recognized a gain on sale of $509, which is included in interest and other income (expense), net.

Restructuring Charges

The table below summarizes the balance of accrued restructuring costs by segment, which is included in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, and the changes during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	Facility-Related and Employee Related Costs
	Domestic		Nearshore		Offshore		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2015	96		9		—		105
Expense (reversal)	1,561		112		64		1,737
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(855	)	(9	)	(64	)	(928	)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	802		112		—		914
Expense (reversal)	(129	)	25		—		(104	)
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(673	)	(137	)	—		(810	)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	—		—		—		—
Expense (reversal)	411		—		—		411
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(402	)	—		—		(402	)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	9		—		—		9

Domestic Segment

In 2017, we established restructuring reserves in our Tell City location for employee related costs of $262 when the decision was made and facility related costs of $97 at the time the facilities were vacated. We recognized $52 as incurred for certain expenses, and expect to pay the remaining accrued costs by the end of second quarter 2018.

In 2015, we decided to close facilities in Enid, Oklahoma, and Kansas City, Missouri, as well as Accent's former headquarters office in Jeffersonville, Indiana. In conjunction with the ACCENT acquisition, we also eliminated a number of positions that were considered redundant. We established restructuring reserves for employee related costs of $1,289 at the time the decisions were made, and facility related costs of $272 at the time the facilities were vacated. All costs were paid as of the end of 2016.

Nearshore Segment

During 2015, we pursued opening additional capacity in our nearshore segment. When it became evident that this additional capacity was not necessary, we decided to abandon the plan and establish a restructuring reserve of $112 for the remaining facility costs. All costs were paid as of the end of 2016.

Offshore Segment

During 2015, we continued to pursue operating efficiencies through streamlining our organizational structure and leveraging our shared services centers in low-cost regions. We eliminated several positions as a result and incurred restructuring charges of $64. We paid all of these costs in 2015 and the restructuring plan is complete.

IT Transformation

During the third quarter 2015, we completed our initiative to outsource our data centers and move to a hosted solutions model. We recognized $1,461 and $1,704 as incurred, on this project in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

XML

NET LOSS PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

NET LOSS PER SHARE

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed based on our weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on our weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive stock options, non-vested restricted stock, and deferred stock units, using the treasury stock method. 

When a net loss is reported, potentially issuable common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016		2015
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation:	15,966	15,731	15,731	15,529
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options	—	455		—
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	—	72		—
Total effects of dilutive securities	—	527		—
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation:	15,966	16,258		15,529

The following shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares, or we reported a net loss, and the effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Anti-dilutive securities:
Stock options	2,322	83	2,405
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	50	1	9
Total anti-dilutive securities	2,372	84	2,414

XML

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS

The following table represents revenue concentration of our principal clients:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
	Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage
T-Mobile	$	88,975	30.4	%	$	74,686	24.3	%	$	69,427	24.6	%
Sprint	$	29,732	10.2	%	$	45,137	14.7	%	$	25,422	9.0	%
AT&T	$	29,184	10.0	%	$	38,257	12.5	%	$	35,019	12.4	%

We enter into master service agreements (MSAs) that cover all of our work for each client.  These MSAs are typically multi-year contracts that include auto-renewal provisions. They typically do not include contractual minimum volumes and are generally terminable by the customer or us with prior written notice. 

To limit credit risk, management performs periodic credit analyses and maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts as deemed necessary. Under certain circumstances, management may require clients to pre-pay for services. As of December 31, 2017, management believes reserves are appropriate and does not believe that any significant credit risk exists.

We have entered into factoring agreements with financial institutions to sell certain accounts receivable under non-recourse agreements.  These transactions are accounted for as a reduction in accounts receivable because the agreements transfer effective control over and risk related to the receivables to the buyers.  We do not service any factored accounts after the factoring has occurred. We utilize factoring arrangements as part of our financing for working capital. The aggregate gross amount factored under these agreements was $82,690, $51,684 and $33,980 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

We use derivatives to partially offset our business exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. We enter into foreign currency forward and option contracts to hedge our anticipated operating commitments that are denominated in foreign currencies, including forward contracts and range forward contracts (a transaction where both a call option is purchased and a put option is sold).  The contracts cover periods commensurate with expected exposure, generally three to twelve months, and are principally unsecured foreign exchange contracts.  The market risk exposure is essentially limited to risk related to currency rate movements. We operate in Canada, Jamaica, and the Philippines where the functional currencies are the Canadian dollar, the Jamaican dollar, and the Philippine peso, respectively, which are used to pay labor and other operating costs in those countries. We provide funds for these operating costs as our client contracts generate revenues which are paid in U.S. dollars. In Honduras, our functional currency is the U.S. dollar and the majority of our costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. We have elected to designate our derivatives as cash flow hedges in order to associate the results of the hedges with forecasted expenses.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we entered into Canadian dollar forward and dollar range forward contracts for a notional amount of 10,900, 19,555, and 8,580 Canadian dollars, respectively, and during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we entered into Philippine peso non-deliverable forward and range forward contracts for a notional amount of 2,338,000, 1,433,800, and 1,029,100 Philippine pesos, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we have not entered into any arrangements to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in Honduran lempira or Jamaican dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.

The following table shows the notional amount of our foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount
Canadian dollar	10,900	$	8,345	17,080	$	12,723	2,470	$	1,997
Philippine peso	1,272,000	24,486		1,178,800	25,231		329,000	7,263
		$	32,831		$	37,954		$	9,260

The Canadian dollar and Philippine peso foreign exchange contracts are to be delivered periodically through December 2018 at a purchase price of approximately $8,345 and $24,486, respectively, and as such we expect unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to operations as the forecasted intercompany expenses are incurred, typically within twelve months. 

Derivative assets and liabilities associated with our hedging activities are measured at gross fair value as described in Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” and are reflected as separate line items in our consolidated balance sheets.

The following table shows the effect of our derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015: 

	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI, net of tax Years Ended December 31,							Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income Years Ended December 31,
	2017	2016			2015			2017		2016			2015
Cash flow hedges:
Foreign exchange contracts	1,056	$	(832	)	$	(1,906	)	(82	)	$	(431	)	$	(2,587	)

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Derivative Instruments

The values of our derivative instruments are derived from pricing models using inputs based upon market information, including contractual terms, market prices and yield curves.  The inputs to the valuation pricing models are observable in the market, and as such are generally classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The following tables set forth our derivative assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.   These balances are included in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, on our balance sheet.

	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175

	As of December 31, 2016
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 Our property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following, by asset class:

	2017			2016
Land, buildings and improvements	18,211			20,582
Telephone and computer equipment	44,116			40,298
Software	36,720			35,626
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	15,913			15,341
Construction in progress	1,876			1,618
Assets acquired under capital lease	13,530			13,530
	130,366			126,995
Less accumulated depreciation	(103,111		)	(98,690		)
Less accumulated amortization under capital lease	(7,312		)	(5,029		)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	19,943		$	23,276

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $9,940 and $11,100 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

XML

DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

DEBT

DEBT

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On April 29, 2015, we entered into a secured revolving credit facility ("Credit Agreement") with BMO Harris Bank N.A. ("Lender").  The Credit Agreement is effective through April 2020 and the amount we may borrow under the agreement is the lesser of the borrowing base calculation or $50,000, and so long as no default has occurred and with the Administrative Agent’s consent, we may increase the maximum availability to $70,000 in $5,000 increments. We may request letters of credit under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of the borrowing base calculation (minus outstanding advances) and $5,000. The borrowing base is generally defined as 85% of our eligible accounts receivable less certain reserves as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Our borrowings bear interest at one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% to 1.75%, depending on current availability. We will pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit outstanding and a monthly unused fee at a rate per annum of 0.25% on the aggregate unused commitment under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding letters of credit totaled $893.

The Credit Agreement contains standard affirmative and negative covenants that may restrict or limit our ability to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness and engage in mergers and acquisitions. We are required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 if a reporting trigger period commences.

On November 6, 2015, we entered into a second amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment replaced the fixed charge coverage ratio with a Consolidated EBITDA covenant, modified the Consolidated EBITDA definition, and decreased the limits on future capital expenditures.

On January 20, 2016, we entered into a third amendment to our Credit Agreement with the Lender. The amendment established the Consolidated EBITDA covenants for each month of 2016 that apply if we cross the availability threshold in the Credit Agreement.

On March 28, 2017, we entered into a fourth amendment to our Credit Agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. (the “Lender”).  The fourth amendment extends the term of the agreement until March 28, 2022 while also amending certain of the financial covenants as follows: 1) reduces the maximum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and 2) removes the monetary cap on non-financed capital expenditures for 2017 and each fiscal year thereafter during the term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the amendment removes the requirement that funds collected be automatically applied to our credit facility balance, unless a trigger event occurs. As a result, the balance sheet classification has been changed from short-term liabilities to long-term liabilities beginning in the first quarter of 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all debt covenants, and we had outstanding borrowings of $19,078, and our remaining borrowing capacity was $29,602.

Other debt

From time to time, we enter into financing agreements such as notes payable and capital lease obligations, in order to facilitate the fit-out of new locations. The implied interest rates for these agreements range from 3% to 20%; the terms range from five to seven years.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding balances for the current portion of these financing agreements were $2,377 and $2,242, respectively, included in Other current debt on the balance sheet. The outstanding balances for the non-current portion of the financing arrangements were $3,084 and $5,473 respectively, included in Other debt on the balance sheet.

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We have a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which reserved 900,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the terms of the Plan plus 274,298 shares that remained available for future issuance under prior plans on the effective date of the Plan, which was May 5, 2008. An Amended and Restated Plan was approved by our board of directors and stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders in May 2014, which authorized an additional 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance. At our annual meeting of stockholders in June 2016, the board of directors and stockholders authorized another 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 235,061 shares available for future grant under the Plan. Our plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors. The types of awards that may be granted under the Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or other stock-based awards.  The terms of the awards granted under the Plan will expire no later than ten years from the grant date.  The Committee determines the vesting conditions of awards; however, subject to certain exceptions, an award that is not subject to the satisfaction of performance measures may not fully vest or become fully exercisable earlier than three years from the grant date, and the performance period for an award subject to performance measures may not be shorter than one year.

At the beginning of each quarter, members of the board of directors, at their option, may elect to receive as compensation 1) stock options to purchase shares of common stock with a fair value equivalent of $22,500 (calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model), 2) shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $22,500, 3) deferred stock units with a fair value equivalent of $22,500 (calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model), with ownership of the common stock vesting immediately or over a period determined by the Committee and stated in the award or 4) any combination of options and common stock. Upon the date of grant, the members of the board of directors are immediately vested in the stock options or common stock.

Stock Options

A summary of stock option activity under the Plan is as follows: 

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in yrs)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2017	2,497,198		$	4.61
Granted	168,402		9.64
Exercised	(257,410	)	3.95
Forfeited/expired	(66,267	)	6.79
Expired	(19,600	)	9.72
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017	2,322,323		$	4.94	5.90
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2017	1,771,119		$	4.61	5.15

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $5.51, $2.82, and $3.76, respectively.  The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1,073, $1,875, and $655, respectively.

The assumptions used to determine the value of our stock-based awards under the Black-Scholes method are summarized below: 

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	2.07% - 2.45%	1.27% - 2.26%	1.71% - 2.4%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	49.3% - 61.4%	50.0% - 61.9%	59.9% - 66.9%
Expected life in years	7.7	8.2	7.6

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury strip yield in effect at the time of grant with a term equal to the expected term of the stock option granted.  Average expected life and volatilities are based on historical experience, which we believe will be indicative of future experience.

Stock Grants and Deferred Stock Units

Pursuant to the board of directors' compensation program, 0, 0 and 2,319 shares of stock were granted in the years ended   December 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. The total fair value of stock grants made in the years ended December 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively was $0, $0 and $22. Deferred stock units of 17,782, 20,187, and 12,893 were granted to members of the board of directors during 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively. The total fair value of deferred stock units granted in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $180, $90, and $65 respectively. Deferred stock units are fully vested upon issuance and are settled in shares of common stock upon the director’s termination of service.  The fair value of stock grants and deferred stock units is calculated based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

Share-based Compensation Expense

The compensation expense that has been charged against income for December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1,015, $1,722, and $1,469, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense.  As of December 31, 2017, there was $769 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.83 years. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the terms of our employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP"), eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions up to 10% of their base pay to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the closing price at the beginning or end of each quarterly stock purchase period.  A total of 400,000 shares were authorized under the original ESPP Plan; an Amended and Restated Plan was approved by our board of directors and stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders in June 2016, which authorized an additional 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance. As of December 31, 2017, 60,187 shares were available for issuance.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, 33,253, 48,414, and 46,227 shares were purchased under this plan at an average price of $8.03, $3.87, and $3.92, respectively.  Total expense recognized related to the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $84, $55, and $50, respectively.  The assumptions used to value the shares under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes method were as follows:

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	0.01% - 0.76%	0.21% - 0.51%	0.00% - 0.16%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	52.5% - 61.04%	37.6% - 68.1%	21.9% - 78.9%
Expected life in years	3 months	3 months	3 months

The weighted average grant date fair value of these shares was $2.51, and $1.13, and $1.09 per share during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

401(k) Plan

We have a safe harbor 401(k) plan that allows participation by all eligible employees as of the first day of the month following their hire date.  Eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum limit determined by the Internal Revenue Code. Participants receive a matching contribution after completing one year of service. We match 100% of the participant’s contribution for the first 3% and 50% of the participant’s contribution for the next 2%. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan totaled $664, $582, and $493 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Philippines Pension Plan

The Company sponsors a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) for its covered

employees in the Philippines. The Pension Plan provides defined benefits based on years of service and final salary.

All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan. Remeasurement changes are reflected in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI). As of December 31, 2017, the Pension Plan was unfunded. The Company doesn't expect to make any cash contributions to the Pension Plan. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the defined benefit obligation of $173 and $550 was included in other long term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

XML

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]

INTEREST AND OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Interest and other income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were composed of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Interest income	$	5		$	—		$	2
Interest expense	(1,609		)	(1,573		)	(1,685		)
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets	(3		)	3			509
Other income (expense)	637			(178		)	35
Interest and other income (expense), net	$	(970	)	$	(1,748	)	$	(1,139	)

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign source component of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
U.S.	$	(8,888	)	$	(5,244	)	$	(21,246	)
Foreign	7,176			6,357			6,094
Total	$	(1,712	)	$	1,113		$	(15,152	)

Significant components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	(686	)	$	(28	)	$	(264	)
State	(50		)	(23		)	33
Foreign	611			504			360
Total current (benefit) expense	$	(125	)	$	453		$	129
Deferred:
Federal	$	(324	)	$	203		$	164
State	(28		)	27			11
Foreign	41			35			160
Total deferred (benefit) expense	$	(311	)	$	265		$	335
Income tax expense	$	(436	)	$	718		$	464

GAAP requires all items be considered, including items recorded in other comprehensive income, in determining the amount of tax benefit that results from a loss from continuing operations that should be allocated to continuing operations.

Significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in Other long-term assets and Other liabilities, respectively, as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Fixed assets	$	1,770		$	2,511		$	2,077
Prepaid expenses	(411		)	(569		)	(554		)
Accrued stock compensation	2,781			4,641			4,114
Accrued restructuring costs	2			—			303
Work opportunity credit carryforward	5,233			5,226			5,234
Operating loss carryforward	10,663			16,231			18,066
Intangibles and goodwill	(64		)	(77		)	(53		)
Derivative Instruments	(48		)	354			202
Cumulative Translation adjustment	(965		)	(1,381		)	(1,178		)
Other	137			297			39
Net long-term deferred tax assets	$	19,098		$	27,233		$	28,250
Valuation allowance	(18,939		)	(27,384		)	(28,162		)
Total net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	159		$	(151	)	$	88

We consider all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become realizable.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), and projected taxable income in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets.  In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.  In order to fully realize the U.S. deferred tax assets, we will need to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code.

We do not provide for deferred taxes on the excess of the financial reporting basis over the tax basis in our investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration or not subject to taxation in the US or in the local country.  In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in those operations. Generally, the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries become subject to U.S. taxation based on certain provisions in U.S. tax law such as the recently enacted territorial transition tax under section 965 and under certain other circumstances. Exceptions may be made on a year-by-year basis to repatriate current year earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries based on cash needs in the U.S.

At December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided for on approximately $0, $0, and $1,300, respectively, of unremitted earnings of subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. These earnings are estimated to represent the excess of the financial reporting over the tax basis in our investments in those subsidiaries and would become subject to U.S. income tax if they were remitted to the U.S.

Differences between U.S. federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 for continuing operations were: 

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
U.S. statutory tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
Effect of state taxes (net of federal benefit)	24.4	%	-12.2	%	1.7	%
Rate differential on foreign earnings	109.5	%	-146.0	%	10.9	%
Foreign income taxed in the U.S.	-261.4	%	133.9	%	-8.3	%
Uncertain tax positions	77.9	%	107.1	%	-4.9	%
Unremitted foreign earnings of subsidiary	16.0	%	19.7	%	—	%
Tax expense allocation to OCI	29.8	%	-2.7	%	—	%
Effect of U.S tax rate change	-466.4	%	—	%	—	%
Valuation allowance	463.1	%	-67.1	%	-40.4	%
Other permanent differences	-12.4	%	—	%	—	%
Stock based compensation	30.4	%	—	%	—	%
True-up of deferred items	-20.1	%	—	%	—	%
Other, net	-0.4	%	-3.2	%	2.9	%
Total	25.4	%	64.5	%	-3.1	%

As of December 31, 2017, we had gross federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $49,942 expiring beginning in 2030 and gross state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $70,014 expiring beginning in 2018.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”), signed into law on December 22, 2017, makes significant modifications to U.S. federal income tax laws including reducing the corporate tax rate to 21 percent starting January 1, 2018 and transitioning the U.S. to a territorial tax regime.  Consequently, we have recorded an adjustment to the Company’s net deferred tax liability of $582 and a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax (benefit) of $(582) for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The passage of the Act will result in a one-time reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6,452 with a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance of $6,452. Also, the Tax provides there will still be US tax consequences of our foreign operations in future periods due to the recently enacted global intangible low tax income (GILTI) provisions and other US tax provisions even though the U.S. is transitioning to a territorial tax regime.  We are still evaluating the impact of these provisions and we are not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Act on our results in future periods.   

Based on the Company's current interpretation and subject to the release of the related regulations and any future interpretive guidance, the Company believes the effects of the change in tax law incorporated herein are substantially complete.  Additional information that may affect our income tax accounts and disclosures would include further clarification and guidance on how the Internal Revenue Service will implement tax reform, further clarification and guidance on how state taxing authorities will implement tax reform and the related effect on our state income tax returns, completion of our 2017 tax return filings, and the potential for additional guidance from the SEC or the FASB related to tax reform.

We have been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of Honduras, Jamaica, and certain qualifying locations in the Philippines. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between us and a foreign government under which we receive certain tax benefits in that country. In Honduras, we have been granted approval for an indefinite exemption from income taxes. The tax holidays for our qualifying Philippines facilities expire at staggered dates through 2019. Our Tax Holidays could be eliminated if there are future changes in our operations or the governmental authorities approve legislation to modify the Tax Holidays in the various taxing jurisdictions.  The aggregate reduction in income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1,338, $1,136, and $1,106.

Under accounting standards for uncertainty in income taxes (ASC 740-10), a company recognizes a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position only if management’s assessment is that the position is “more likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” in the accounting standards for income taxes refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods.

The following table indicates the changes to our unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. The term “unrecognized tax benefits” in the accounting standards for income taxes refers to the differences between a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit measured and recognized in the financial statements. If recognized, all of these benefits would impact our income tax expense, before consideration of any related valuation allowance.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Unrecognized, January 1,	$	4,155		$	2,962	$	2,215
Additions based on tax positions taken in current year	$	2,872		$	1,193	$	888
Reductions based on tax positions taken in prior year	$	(4,155	)	$	—	$	(141	)
Unrecognized, December 31,	$	2,872		$	4,155	$	2,962

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state jurisdictions, as well as in Canada, the Philippines, Costa Rica and Honduras.  Our U.S. federal returns and most state returns for tax years 2014 and forward are subject to examination.  Canadian returns for tax years 2012 and forward are subject to examination.  Our returns in the Philippines in 2014, Costa Rica in 2013 and Honduras in 2013 are subject to examination.  In December 2014, our Canadian subsidiary was notified that its income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are under examination. The Company has received a notice of assessment, but we do not believe it is more likely than not that we owe the taxes that have been assessed. Therefore, we filed an appeal in June 2017 and have not accrued a liability related to this matter. Because the Canadian Revenue Agency considers us a large corporation (a corporation which has taxable capital employed in Canada over $10 million), we were required to pay half of the reassessment, of $0.4 million, which is recorded in other long-term assets on our balance sheet. We do not anticipate receiving a decision on our appeal in the next twelve months. Also, in May 2016, our Philippine subsidiary received notification that its income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2014 is under examination. The Company has received an assessment notice for a de minimis amount that it has accrued and is in the process of resolving this examination.

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following items:

	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment			Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Defined Benefit Plan		Total
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	1,486		$	(2,311	)	$	—	$	(825	)
Foreign currency translation	75			—			—		75
Reclassification to operations	—			2,587			—		2,587
Unrealized losses	—			(1,906		)	—		(1,906		)
Tax (provision) benefit	(28		)	(254		)	—		(282		)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,533		$	(1,884	)	$	—	$	(351	)
Foreign currency translation	481			—			—		481
Reclassification to operations	—			431			—		431
Unrealized losses	—			(832		)	—		(832		)
Pension remeasurement	—			—			253		253
Tax (provision) benefit	(184		)	153			—		(31		)
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	1,830		$	(2,132	)	$	253	$	(49	)
Foreign currency translation	206			—			—		206
Reclassification to operations	22			59			—		81
Unrealized losses	—			1,056			—		1,056
Pension remeasurement	—			—			601		601
Tax provision	(87		)	(424		)	—		(511		)
Balance at December 31, 2017	$	1,971		$	(1,441	)	$	854	$	1,384

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows:

Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income						Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented
	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange contracts (COS)	$	81	$	416	$	2,401	Cost of Services
Foreign exchange contracts (SG&A)	1		15		186		Selling, general and administrative expenses
	$	82	$	431	$	2,587

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

We lease facilities and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases.  Some of these leases have renewal clauses that vary both in length and fee, based on our negotiations with the lessors. Rent expense, including equipment rentals, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $11,302, $11,954, and $11,875, respectively. 

Capital Leases

We leased several asset types under various non-cancelable capital leases with original terms between three and seven years. See Footnote 10 for more information.

Minimum lease payments

As of December 31, 2017, approximate minimum annual lease payments were as follows: 

	Operating leases		Capital leases
2018	$	11,228	$	2,134
2019	7,561		2,049
2020	4,335		487
2021	2,985		—
2022	2,610		—
Thereafter	3,689		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,408	$	4,670
Less amount representing interest			$	(509	)
Present value of capital lease obligations			$	4,161
Capital lease obligations, current portion			$	1,829
Capital lease obligations, long term portion			$	2,332

The current and long term capital lease obligations above are included in other current debt and other debt, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Legal Proceedings

We have been involved from time to time in litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

SEGMENT INFORMATION

SEGMENT INFORMATION

We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: Domestic, Nearshore and Offshore. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our Domestic segment included the operations of thirteen facilities in the U.S. and one facility in Canada. Our Nearshore segment included the operations of two facilities in Honduras and one facility in Jamaica. Our Offshore segment included the operations of four facilities in the Philippines.

We primarily evaluate segment operating performance in each reporting segment based on net sales and gross profit. Certain operating expenses are not allocated to each reporting segment; therefore, we do not present income statement information by reporting segment below the gross profit level.

Information about our reportable segments, which correspond to the geographic areas in which we operate, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Revenue:
Domestic	171,188		$	186,061	$	169,945
Offshore	77,074		76,868		72,914
Nearshore	44,342		44,271		39,275
Total	$	292,604	$	307,200	$	282,134
Gross profit:
Domestic	$	7,329	$	12,392	$	11,614
Offshore	18,793		16,607		6,672
Nearshore	6,240		7,422		6,018
Total	$	32,362	$	36,421	$	24,304
Depreciation:
Domestic	$	6,419	$	7,748	$	8,049
Offshore	2,950		3,678		4,232
Nearshore	571		824		980
Total	$	9,940	$	12,250	$	13,261
Capital expenditures:
Domestic	$	4,113	$	3,291	$	4,382
Offshore	738		287		3,049
Nearshore	2,334		219		291
Total	$	7,185	$	3,797	$	7,722

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Total assets:
Domestic	$	37,991	$	59,612	$	67,927
Offshore	43,106		36,503		38,016
Nearshore	14,901		10,693		8,861
Total	$	95,998	$	106,808	$	114,804

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following represent selected information from our unaudited quarterly Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

	2017 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	77,652		$	73,979		$	69,372		$	71,600
Gross profit	10,014			8,987			7,319			6,041
Net income (loss)	1,793			554			(1,172		)	(2,452		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(28		)	(66		)	30			(371		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	2,225			587			(889		)	(1,766		)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
	2016 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	78,035		$	73,733		$	78,305		$	77,127
Gross Profit	8,388			7,011			10,347			10,675
Net income (loss)	31			(1,684		)	856			1,192
Income tax expense (benefit)	125			46			163			384
Comprehensive income (loss)	310			(1,570		)	855			1,133
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.08
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.07

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Kingston, Jamaica

In January 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for a new facility in Kingston, Jamaica.

Colorado Springs, Colorado

In January 2018, we made the decision to discontinue our operation in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We plan to vacate the facility in March.

Amazon Agreement

On January 23, 2018, we and Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”) entered into a transaction agreement, pursuant to which we issued to Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Amazon, a warrant to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of our common stock, subject to certain vesting events. We and Amazon entered into the transaction agreement in connection with existing commercial arrangements pursuant to which we provide and will continue to provide commercial services to Amazon. The vesting of the Warrant Shares is linked to payments made by Amazon or its affiliates (directly or indirectly through third parties) pursuant to the existing commercial arrangements, with full vesting tied to Amazon's payment of up to $600 million to us in connection with Amazon's receipt of commercial services from us.

Aegis Transaction Agreement

On March 14, 2018 we entered into a Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) with CSP Alpha Midco Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (“Aegis”), and CSP Alpha Holdings Parent Pte Ltd, a Singapore private limited company (the “Aegis Stockholder”) pursuant to which we, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder agreed to, among other things: (1) the sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of Aegis by the Aegis Stockholder to us; (2) the issuance of 20,600,000 shares, as may be adjusted for stock splits, consolidation and other similar corporate events, of our common stock in consideration of such sale; (3) the amendment of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, in order to effect such issuance and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; and (4) in addition to the transactions set forth above, the purchase at the closing of additional shares of our common stock by the Aegis Stockholder, for $10 million at a price of $12 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Transaction Agreement.

Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, Aegis will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of us and the Aegis Stockholder will hold approximately 55% of our outstanding common stock. We, Aegis and the Aegis Stockholder have each agreed to customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement are subject to specified closing conditions.

Notice of Client Termination

On March 9, 2018, we received an unsigned letter from Sprint purporting to notify us that they would be eliminating all business with us by June 29, 2018, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the parties.  The unsigned letter is not effective notice under the terms of the contract between the parties and we remain in discussions with Sprint regarding termination and exit.

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Consolidation

Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of significant intercompany balances and transactions.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts included in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period they are determined to be necessary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments.  Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial.  We regularly monitor credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss.  We evaluate the creditworthiness of clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes of revenue recognition and accounts receivable.  We do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

Foreign Currency

Foreign Currency

The assets and liabilities of our foreign operations that are recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in interest and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We invoice our clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenues for such services when completed. Substantially all of our contractual arrangements are based either on a production rate, meaning that we recognize revenue based on the billable hours or minutes of each call center agent, or on a rate per transaction basis.  These rates could be based on the number of paid hours the agent works, the number of minutes the agent is available to answer calls, or the number of minutes the agent is actually handling calls for the client, depending on the client contract.  Production rates vary by client contract and can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred based on a measurement of the appropriate penalty under the terms of the client contract.  Likewise, some client contracts stipulate that we are entitled to bonuses should we meet or exceed these predetermined quality and/or performance obligations.  These bonuses are recognized as incremental revenue in the period in which they are earned.

As a general rule, our contracts do not qualify for separate unit of accounting for multiple deliverables.  We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are expensed as incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided for known and estimated potential losses arising from sales to customers based on a periodic review of these accounts. 

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, restructuring liabilities, and line of credit approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and credit risk.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be supported by market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability, such as the use of certain pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions. These unobservable inputs reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Refer to Note 8, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional information on how we determine fair value for our assets and liabilities.

Cash

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity at purchase that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Our derivative instruments consist of foreign currency forward and option contracts and are recorded as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income.  Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in the statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

We generally are able to apply cash flow hedge accounting which associates the results of the hedges with forecasted future intercompany expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted intercompany expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  During 2017, 2016, and 2015, our cash flow hedges were highly effective and hedge ineffectiveness was not material. While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment, are stated at depreciated cost. Additions and improvement activities are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings and building improvements	10-30 years
Telephone and computer equipment	3-5 years
Software	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	5-7 years

We depreciate leasehold improvements associated with operating leases over the shorter of 7 years or remaining life of the lease plus renewal term, if renewal is more likely than not.  Amortization expense related to assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets.  In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers.

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill is recorded at fair value and not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment ("Step 0") to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit is "more likely than not" less than the carrying amount or if significant changes related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. We can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, "Step 1" is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any. This step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. We define our reporting units to be the same as our operating segments and have elected to perform the annual impairment assessment for goodwill in the fourth quarter.

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

We amortize all acquisition-related intangible assets that are subject to amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life based on economic benefit as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Developed technology	8 years
Customer relationships	3-10 years
Trade name	6-7 years

We perform a review of intangible assets to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess recoverability by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization and amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring Charges

On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with our postemployment policy and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan. A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities.  We determine our estimate of sublease payments based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords, a third-party broker or management’s assessment of our ability to sublease the facility based upon the market conditions in which the facility is located. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain.

Leases

Leases

Rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations are included in some instances in the base price of our rent payments over the term of our operating leases. We recognize rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Assets held under capital leases are included in property, plant and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets and depreciated over the term of the lease. Rent payments under the leases are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations. We are required to estimate our income taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences are recorded as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period during which such rates are enacted.  We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that we will not realize the net deferred tax assets in a certain jurisdiction.

We record tax benefits when they are more likely than not to be realized.  Our policy is to reflect penalties and interest as part of income tax expense as they become applicable. 

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, based on the grant-date fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments.  We include an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense.  We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.  See Note 11, “Share-Based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans,” for further information regarding the assumptions used to calculate share-based payment expense.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) (“ASU 2018-02”), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows for stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be reclassified to retained earnings. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new standard.

In August 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) ("ASU 2017-12"), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments in this ASU better align an entity’s risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. To meet that objective, the amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU 2017-09"), Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. An entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: 1. The fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification; 2. The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and 3. The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-09 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) ("ASU 2017-04"), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the amendments eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit should be considered when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The guidance is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740) ("ASU 2016-16"), Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. The purpose of ASU 2016-16 is to simplify the income tax accounting of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and to record its effect when the transfer occurs. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-16 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren't measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today's "incurred loss" approach with an "expected loss" model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary impairment model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) ("ASU2016-09"), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in ASU 2016-09 address multiple aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liability, and classification on the statements of cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period. We adopted this ASU for the first quarter of 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). These amendments require the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases currently classified as operating leases under ASC 840 “Leases”. These amendments also require qualitative disclosures along with specific quantitative disclosures. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Entities are required to apply the amendments at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements, and we anticipate that adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have an impact to the financial statement presentation of right of use asset, lease liability, amortization expense, and lease expense.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements and converges areas under this topic with those of the International Financial Reporting Standards. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is prohibited. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We have assessed the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2014-09 and have determined that our current revenue recognition process is in compliance with the ASU. Therefore, we do not anticipate any impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2018. We will use the Modified Retrospective transition method of adoption for ASU 2014-09. We are currently evaluating the additional disclosures that will be required upon adoption.

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Estimated Useful Lives

Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings and building improvements	10-30 years
Telephone and computer equipment	3-5 years
Software	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	5-7 years

Our property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following, by asset class:

	2017			2016
Land, buildings and improvements	18,211			20,582
Telephone and computer equipment	44,116			40,298
Software	36,720			35,626
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	15,913			15,341
Construction in progress	1,876			1,618
Assets acquired under capital lease	13,530			13,530
	130,366			126,995
Less accumulated depreciation	(103,111		)	(98,690		)
Less accumulated amortization under capital lease	(7,312		)	(5,029		)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	19,943		$	23,276

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired as Part of Business Combination

We amortize all acquisition-related intangible assets that are subject to amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life based on economic benefit as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Developed technology	8 years
Customer relationships	3-10 years
Trade name	6-7 years

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

The following table presents our intangible assets as of December 31, 2017:

	Gross Intangibles		Accumulated Amortization		Net Intangibles		Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)
Developed technology	$	390	$	231	$	159	2.15
Customer relationships	7,550		2,720		4,830		3.11
Trade name	1,050		482		568		2.24
	$	8,990	$	3,433	$	5,557	2.99

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense

We estimated future amortization expense for the succeeding years relating to the intangible assets resulting from acquisitions as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Amount
2018	$	1,140
2019	1,131
2020	1,128
2021	1,004
2022	862
Thereafter	292

XML

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Schedule of Restructuring and Related Costs

The table below summarizes the balance of accrued restructuring costs by segment, which is included in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, and the changes during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	Facility-Related and Employee Related Costs
	Domestic		Nearshore		Offshore		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2015	96		9		—		105
Expense (reversal)	1,561		112		64		1,737
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(855	)	(9	)	(64	)	(928	)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	802		112		—		914
Expense (reversal)	(129	)	25		—		(104	)
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(673	)	(137	)	—		(810	)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	—		—		—		—
Expense (reversal)	411		—		—		411
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(402	)	—		—		(402	)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	9		—		—		9

XML

NET LOSS PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Table Text Block]

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016		2015
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation:	15,966	15,731	15,731	15,529
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options	—	455		—
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	—	72		—
Total effects of dilutive securities	—	527		—
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation:	15,966	16,258		15,529

Schedule of Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Table Text Block]

The following shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares, or we reported a net loss, and the effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2017	2016	2015
Anti-dilutive securities:
Stock options	2,322	83	2,405
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units	50	1	9
Total anti-dilutive securities	2,372	84	2,414

XML

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue by Major Client

The following table represents revenue concentration of our principal clients:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
	Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage		Revenue		Percentage
T-Mobile	$	88,975	30.4	%	$	74,686	24.3	%	$	69,427	24.6	%
Sprint	$	29,732	10.2	%	$	45,137	14.7	%	$	25,422	9.0	%
AT&T	$	29,184	10.0	%	$	38,257	12.5	%	$	35,019	12.4	%

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Notional Amounts of Outstanding Derivative Positions

The following table shows the notional amount of our foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
	Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount		Local Currency Notional Amount	U.S. Dollar Notional Amount
Canadian dollar	10,900	$	8,345	17,080	$	12,723	2,470	$	1,997
Philippine peso	1,272,000	24,486		1,178,800	25,231		329,000	7,263
		$	32,831		$	37,954		$	9,260

Schedule of Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations

The following table shows the effect of our derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015: 

	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI, net of tax Years Ended December 31,							Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income Years Ended December 31,
	2017	2016			2015			2017		2016			2015
Cash flow hedges:
Foreign exchange contracts	1,056	$	(832	)	$	(1,906	)	(82	)	$	(431	)	$	(2,587	)

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements, Recurring and Nonrecurring

The following tables set forth our derivative assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.   These balances are included in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, on our balance sheet.

	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	566	$	—	$	566
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	175	$	—	$	175

	As of December 31, 2016
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Derivative assets:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Total fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	19	$	—	$	19
Derivative liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980
Total fair value of liabilities measured on a recurring basis	$	—	$	980	$	—	$	980

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment

Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings and building improvements	10-30 years
Telephone and computer equipment	3-5 years
Software	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	5-7 years

Our property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following, by asset class:

	2017			2016
Land, buildings and improvements	18,211			20,582
Telephone and computer equipment	44,116			40,298
Software	36,720			35,626
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment	15,913			15,341
Construction in progress	1,876			1,618
Assets acquired under capital lease	13,530			13,530
	130,366			126,995
Less accumulated depreciation	(103,111		)	(98,690		)
Less accumulated amortization under capital lease	(7,312		)	(5,029		)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	19,943		$	23,276

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of Stock Options Activity

A summary of stock option activity under the Plan is as follows: 

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in yrs)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2017	2,497,198		$	4.61
Granted	168,402		9.64
Exercised	(257,410	)	3.95
Forfeited/expired	(66,267	)	6.79
Expired	(19,600	)	9.72
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017	2,322,323		$	4.94	5.90
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2017	1,771,119		$	4.61	5.15

Schedule of Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions

The assumptions used to determine the value of our stock-based awards under the Black-Scholes method are summarized below: 

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	2.07% - 2.45%	1.27% - 2.26%	1.71% - 2.4%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	49.3% - 61.4%	50.0% - 61.9%	59.9% - 66.9%
Expected life in years	7.7	8.2	7.6

Schedule of Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Valuation Assumptions

The assumptions used to value the shares under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes method were as follows:

	2017	2016	2015
Risk-free interest rate	0.01% - 0.76%	0.21% - 0.51%	0.00% - 0.16%
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	52.5% - 61.04%	37.6% - 68.1%	21.9% - 78.9%
Expected life in years	3 months	3 months	3 months

XML

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]

Schedule of Net Interest and Other Income

Interest and other income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were composed of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Interest income	$	5		$	—		$	2
Interest expense	(1,609		)	(1,573		)	(1,685		)
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets	(3		)	3			509
Other income (expense)	637			(178		)	35
Interest and other income (expense), net	$	(970	)	$	(1,748	)	$	(1,139	)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Income before Income Taxes

The domestic and foreign source component of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
U.S.	$	(8,888	)	$	(5,244	)	$	(21,246	)
Foreign	7,176			6,357			6,094
Total	$	(1,712	)	$	1,113		$	(15,152	)

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Significant components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	(686	)	$	(28	)	$	(264	)
State	(50		)	(23		)	33
Foreign	611			504			360
Total current (benefit) expense	$	(125	)	$	453		$	129
Deferred:
Federal	$	(324	)	$	203		$	164
State	(28		)	27			11
Foreign	41			35			160
Total deferred (benefit) expense	$	(311	)	$	265		$	335
Income tax expense	$	(436	)	$	718		$	464

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in Other long-term assets and Other liabilities, respectively, as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Fixed assets	$	1,770		$	2,511		$	2,077
Prepaid expenses	(411		)	(569		)	(554		)
Accrued stock compensation	2,781			4,641			4,114
Accrued restructuring costs	2			—			303
Work opportunity credit carryforward	5,233			5,226			5,234
Operating loss carryforward	10,663			16,231			18,066
Intangibles and goodwill	(64		)	(77		)	(53		)
Derivative Instruments	(48		)	354			202
Cumulative Translation adjustment	(965		)	(1,381		)	(1,178		)
Other	137			297			39
Net long-term deferred tax assets	$	19,098		$	27,233		$	28,250
Valuation allowance	(18,939		)	(27,384		)	(28,162		)
Total net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	159		$	(151	)	$	88

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

Differences between U.S. federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 for continuing operations were: 

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
U.S. statutory tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
Effect of state taxes (net of federal benefit)	24.4	%	-12.2	%	1.7	%
Rate differential on foreign earnings	109.5	%	-146.0	%	10.9	%
Foreign income taxed in the U.S.	-261.4	%	133.9	%	-8.3	%
Uncertain tax positions	77.9	%	107.1	%	-4.9	%
Unremitted foreign earnings of subsidiary	16.0	%	19.7	%	—	%
Tax expense allocation to OCI	29.8	%	-2.7	%	—	%
Effect of U.S tax rate change	-466.4	%	—	%	—	%
Valuation allowance	463.1	%	-67.1	%	-40.4	%
Other permanent differences	-12.4	%	—	%	—	%
Stock based compensation	30.4	%	—	%	—	%
True-up of deferred items	-20.1	%	—	%	—	%
Other, net	-0.4	%	-3.2	%	2.9	%
Total	25.4	%	64.5	%	-3.1	%

Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Roll Forward

The following table indicates the changes to our unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. The term “unrecognized tax benefits” in the accounting standards for income taxes refers to the differences between a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit measured and recognized in the financial statements. If recognized, all of these benefits would impact our income tax expense, before consideration of any related valuation allowance.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Unrecognized, January 1,	$	4,155		$	2,962	$	2,215
Additions based on tax positions taken in current year	$	2,872		$	1,193	$	888
Reductions based on tax positions taken in prior year	$	(4,155	)	$	—	$	(141	)
Unrecognized, December 31,	$	2,872		$	4,155	$	2,962

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Schedule of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following items:

	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment			Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Defined Benefit Plan		Total
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	1,486		$	(2,311	)	$	—	$	(825	)
Foreign currency translation	75			—			—		75
Reclassification to operations	—			2,587			—		2,587
Unrealized losses	—			(1,906		)	—		(1,906		)
Tax (provision) benefit	(28		)	(254		)	—		(282		)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,533		$	(1,884	)	$	—	$	(351	)
Foreign currency translation	481			—			—		481
Reclassification to operations	—			431			—		431
Unrealized losses	—			(832		)	—		(832		)
Pension remeasurement	—			—			253		253
Tax (provision) benefit	(184		)	153			—		(31		)
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	1,830		$	(2,132	)	$	253	$	(49	)
Foreign currency translation	206			—			—		206
Reclassification to operations	22			59			—		81
Unrealized losses	—			1,056			—		1,056
Pension remeasurement	—			—			601		601
Tax provision	(87		)	(424		)	—		(511		)
Balance at December 31, 2017	$	1,971		$	(1,441	)	$	854	$	1,384

Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows:

Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income						Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented
	Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange contracts (COS)	$	81	$	416	$	2,401	Cost of Services
Foreign exchange contracts (SG&A)	1		15		186		Selling, general and administrative expenses
	$	82	$	431	$	2,587

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

	Operating leases
2018	$	11,228
2019	7,561
2020	4,335
2021	2,985
2022	2,610
Thereafter	3,689
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,408

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments for Capital Leases

As of December 31, 2017, approximate minimum annual lease payments were as follows: 

	Operating leases		Capital leases
2018	$	11,228	$	2,134
2019	7,561		2,049
2020	4,335		487
2021	2,985		—
2022	2,610		—
Thereafter	3,689		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,408	$	4,670
Less amount representing interest			$	(509	)
Present value of capital lease obligations			$	4,161
Capital lease obligations, current portion			$	1,829
Capital lease obligations, long term portion			$	2,332

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment

Information about our reportable segments, which correspond to the geographic areas in which we operate, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Revenue:
Domestic	171,188		$	186,061	$	169,945
Offshore	77,074		76,868		72,914
Nearshore	44,342		44,271		39,275
Total	$	292,604	$	307,200	$	282,134
Gross profit:
Domestic	$	7,329	$	12,392	$	11,614
Offshore	18,793		16,607		6,672
Nearshore	6,240		7,422		6,018
Total	$	32,362	$	36,421	$	24,304
Depreciation:
Domestic	$	6,419	$	7,748	$	8,049
Offshore	2,950		3,678		4,232
Nearshore	571		824		980
Total	$	9,940	$	12,250	$	13,261
Capital expenditures:
Domestic	$	4,113	$	3,291	$	4,382
Offshore	738		287		3,049
Nearshore	2,334		219		291
Total	$	7,185	$	3,797	$	7,722

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Total assets:
Domestic	$	37,991	$	59,612	$	67,927
Offshore	43,106		36,503		38,016
Nearshore	14,901		10,693		8,861
Total	$	95,998	$	106,808	$	114,804

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2017

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Quarterly Financial Data

The following represent selected information from our unaudited quarterly Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

	2017 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	77,652		$	73,979		$	69,372		$	71,600
Gross profit	10,014			8,987			7,319			6,041
Net income (loss)	1,793			554			(1,172		)	(2,452		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(28		)	(66		)	30			(371		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	2,225			587			(889		)	(1,766		)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.11		$	0.03		$	(0.07	)	$	(0.15	)
	2016 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Revenue	$	78,035		$	73,733		$	78,305		$	77,127
Gross Profit	8,388			7,011			10,347			10,675
Net income (loss)	31			(1,684		)	856			1,192
Income tax expense (benefit)	125			46			163			384
Comprehensive income (loss)	310			(1,570		)	855			1,133
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.08
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$	0.00		$	(0.11	)	$	0.05		0.07

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Operating Segments (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017 segment
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Number of segments	3

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 52	$ 244

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Property, Plant & Equipment (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017
Buildings and building improvements | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	10 years
Buildings and building improvements | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	30 years
Telephone and computer equipment | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	3 years
Telephone and computer equipment | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	5 years
Software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	3 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	5 years
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life	7 years

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Intangibles (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017
Developed technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life (in years)	8 years
Minimum | Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life (in years)	3 years
Minimum | Trade name
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life (in years)	6 years
Maximum | Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life (in years)	10 years
Maximum | Trade name
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life (in years)	7 years

XML

ACQUISITIONS (Details) - Accent Marketing Services, L.L.C. [Member] $ in Thousands	Jun. 01, 2015 USD ($)
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Percentage of membership interests acquired (percent)	100.00%
Business Combination, Recognized Identifiable Assets Acquired, Goodwill, and Liabilities Assumed, Net	$ 17,492

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 9,077	$ 9,077
Gross Intangibles	8,990
Accumulated Amortization	3,433
Net Intangibles	$ 5,557	6,697
Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)	2 years 11 months 26 days
Amortization of Intangible Assets	$ 1,140	$ 1,150	$ 852
2018	1,140
2019	1,131
2020	1,128
2021	1,004
2022	862
Thereafter	292
Developed technology
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangibles	390
Accumulated Amortization	231
Net Intangibles	$ 159
Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)	2 years 1 month 24 days
Customer relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangibles	$ 7,550
Accumulated Amortization	2,720
Net Intangibles	$ 4,830
Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)	3 years 1 month 10 days
Trade name
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangibles	$ 1,050
Accumulated Amortization	482
Net Intangibles	$ 568
Weighted Average Amortization Period (years)	2 years 2 months 26 days

XML

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Textuals) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Impairment losses			$ 109	$ 174	$ 323
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets			(3)	3	509
Expense (reversal)			411	(104)	1,737
Domestic [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Impairment losses	$ 56	$ 53
Expense (reversal)			411	(129)	1,561
Domestic [Member] | Employee Severance [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expense (reversal)			262		1,289
Domestic [Member] | Facility Closing [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expense (reversal)			97		272
Domestic [Member] | Other Restructuring [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expense (reversal)			0
Domestic [Member] | Other Restructuring [Member] | United States [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expense (reversal)					1,461	$ 1,704
Nearshore [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Impairment losses				174	323
Expense (reversal)			0	25	112
Nearshore [Member] | Facility Closing [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Expense (reversal)					112
Offshore [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets					509
Expense (reversal)			$ 0	$ 0	$ 64

XML

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES Summary of Activity, Restructuring Plans (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Balance	$ 0	$ 914	$ 105
Expense (reversal)	411	(104)	1,737
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(402)	(810)	(928)
Balance	9	0	914
Domestic [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Balance	0	802	96
Expense (reversal)	411	(129)	1,561
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	(402)	(673)	(855)
Balance	9	0	802
Nearshore [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Balance	0	112	9
Expense (reversal)	0	25	112
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	0	(137)	(9)
Balance	0	0	112
Offshore [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Balance	0	0	0
Expense (reversal)	0	0	64
Payments, net of receipts for sublease	0	0	(64)
Balance	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

NET LOSS PER SHARE Dilutive (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	15,966	15,731	15,529
Dilutive Securities (in shares)	0	527	0
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	15,966	16,258	15,529
Stock options
Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Dilutive Securities (in shares)	0	455	0
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units
Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Dilutive Securities (in shares)	0	72	0

XML

NET LOSS PER SHARE Anti-Dilutive (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share, Amount	2,372	84	2,414
Stock options
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share, Amount	2,322	83	2,405
Restricted stock/Deferred stock units
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share, Amount	50	1	9

XML

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS (Major Customer) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
T-Mobile
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 88,975	$ 74,686	$ 69,427
Revenue concentration, percentage	30.40%	24.30%	24.60%
Sprint
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 29,732	$ 45,137	$ 25,422
Revenue concentration, percentage	10.20%	14.70%	9.00%
AT&T
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 29,184	$ 38,257	$ 35,019
Revenue concentration, percentage	10.00%	12.50%	12.40%

XML

PRINCIPAL CLIENTS (Textual) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]
Receivables Sold Under Factoring Agreements	$ 82,690	$ 51,684	$ 33,980

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Textual) (Details) - Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] ₱ in Thousands, $ in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2017 CAD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2016 CAD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2015 CAD ($)	Dec. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2017 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2017 CAD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2016 CAD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 PHP (₱)	Dec. 31, 2015 CAD ($)
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative, notional amount							$ 32,831			$ 37,954			$ 9,260
Reclassification period of unrealized gains and losses from AOCI to earnings	12 months	12 months
Minimum
Derivative [Line Items]
Contract period	3 months	3 months
Maximum
Derivative [Line Items]
Contract period	12 months	12 months
Canada, Dollars
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative, notional amount							8,345		$ 10,900	12,723		$ 17,080	1,997		$ 2,470
Foreign Currency Acquired Through Forward Exchange Contracts, Amount		$ 10,900		$ 19,555		$ 8,580
Philippines, Pesos
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative, notional amount							$ 24,486	₱ 1,272,000		$ 25,231	₱ 1,178,800		$ 7,263	₱ 329,000
Foreign Currency Acquired Through Forward Exchange Contracts, Amount | ₱	₱ 2,338,000		₱ 1,433,800		₱ 1,029,100

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Effect in AOCI) (Details) - Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI, net of tax	$ 1,056	$ (832)	$ (1,906)
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income	$ (82)	$ (431)	$ (2,587)

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Recurring and Nonrecurring) (Details) - Recurring [Member] - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	$ 566	$ 19
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	175	980
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	566	19
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	175	980
Level 1 [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Level 2 [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	566	19
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	175	980
Level 2 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	566	19
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	175	980
Level 3 [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value Measured on Recurring Basis
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	0	0
Financial Liabilities Fair Value Disclosure	$ 0	$ 0

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 130,366	$ 126,995
Less accumulated depreciation	(103,111)	(98,690)
Less accumulated amortization under capital lease	(7,312)	(5,029)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	19,943	23,276
Depreciation expense	9,940	11,100
Land, buildings and improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	18,211	20,582
Telephone and computer equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	44,116	40,298
Software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	36,720	35,626
Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	15,913	15,341
Construction in progress
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	1,876	1,618
Assets acquired under capital lease
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 13,530	$ 13,530

XML

DEBT Debt (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 02, 2015	Apr. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Apr. 29, 2015
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Long-term Line of Credit			$ 19,078	$ 0
Remaining borrowing capacity			29,602
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | BMO Harris Bank [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Current Borrowing Capacity					$ 50,000
Maximum borrowing capacity					70,000
Increments for additional borrowing					5,000
Letters of credit, maximum allowed					$ 5,000
Borrrowing base, as percentage of eligible accounts receivable less reserves		85.00%
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount			$ 893
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | BMO Harris Bank [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Description of variable rate basis		one-month LIBOR
Monthly unused fee, rate per annum	0.25%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | BMO Harris Bank [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member] | Minimum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate		1.50%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | BMO Harris Bank [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member] | Maximum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate		1.75%

XML

DEBT Other (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Other debt	$ 3,128	$ 5,500
Financing Arrangement | Notes Payable and Capital Lease Obligations
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Other Long-term Debt, Current	2,377	2,242
Other debt	$ 3,084	$ 5,473
Financing Arrangement | Notes Payable and Capital Lease Obligations | Minimum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage Rate Range, Minimum (Deprecated 2016-01-31)	3.00%
Debt Instrument, Term	5 years
Financing Arrangement | Notes Payable and Capital Lease Obligations | Maximum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage Rate Range, Minimum (Deprecated 2016-01-31)	20.00%
Debt Instrument, Term	7 years

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Textuals) (Details) - USD ($)	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2014	Jun. 30, 2016	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	May 05, 2008
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Benefit Obligation			$ 173,000	$ 550,000
2008 Equity Incentive [Member]
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under stock plans					900,000
Shares available for future grants			235,061		274,298
Number of additional shares authorized	500,000	250,000
2008 Equity Incentive [Member] | Maximum
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Term of options			10 years
2008 Equity Incentive [Member] | Minimum
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Award vesting period for an award not subject to performance measures			3 years
Performance period for an award subject to performance measures			1 year
2008 Equity Incentive [Member] | Director [Member]
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Fair value equivalent of stock options			$ 22,500
Grant date fair value of common stock			22,500
Fair value of deferred stock units			$ 22,500

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Stock Options Activity) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Options Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Outstanding	2,497,198
Granted	168,402
Exercised	(257,410)
Forfeited	(66,267)
Expired	(19,600)
Outstanding	2,322,323	2,497,198
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Oustanding (in usd per share)	$ 4.61
Granted (in usd per share)	9.64
Exercised (in usd per share)	3.95
Forfeited (in usd per share)	6.79
Expired (in usd per share)	9.72
Outstanding (in usd per share)	$ 4.94	$ 4.61
Options, Additional Disclosures
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	5 years 10 months 25 days
Vested and exercisable	1,771,119
Vested and exercisable (in usd per share)	$ 4.61
Vested and exercisable, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	5 years 1 month 24 days
Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted	$ 5.51	$ 2.82	$ 3.76
Total fair value of stock options vested	$ 1,073	$ 1,875	$ 655

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Options, Valuation Assumptions) (Details) - Stock options	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected life in years	7 years 8 months 12 days	8 years 2 months 12 days	7 years 7 months 6 days
Minimum
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Risk-free interest rate	2.07%	1.27%	1.71%
Expected volatility	49.30%	50.00%	59.90%
Maximum
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Risk-free interest rate	2.45%	2.26%	2.40%
Expected volatility	61.40%	61.90%	66.90%

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Stock Grants and Deferred Stock Units Activity) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Stock Grants [Member]
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Granted	0	0	2,319
Granted, Fair Value	$ 0	$ 0	$ 22
Deferred Stock [Member]
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Granted	17,782	20,187	12,893
Granted, Fair Value	$ 180	$ 90	$ 65

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Comp Expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Stock options
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Total unrecognized compensation cost	$ 769
Weighted-average period that cost is expected to be recognized	1 year 9 months 29 days
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]
Stock Awards Activity [Line Items]
Total compensation cost	$ 1,015	$ 1,722	$ 1,469

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (ESPP, Valuation Assumptions) (Details) - Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member] - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Maximum percentage of base pay that a participating employee may elect		10.00%
Purchase price as percentage of lower of closing price on first or last trading day of offering period		85.00%
Maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under stock plans		400,000
Number of additional shares authorized	100,000
Shares available for future grants		60,187
Shares purchased under the ESPP		33,253	48,414	46,227
Weighted average purchase price (in usd per share)		$ 8.03	$ 3.87	$ 3.92
Total compensation cost		$ 84	$ 55	$ 50
Dividend yield		0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected life in years		3 months	3 months	3 months
Weighted average grant date fair value (in usd per share)		$ 2.51	$ 1.13	$ 1.09
Minimum
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Risk-free interest rate		0.01%	0.21%	0.00%
Expected volatility		52.50%	37.60%	21.90%
Maximum
Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Risk-free interest rate		0.76%	0.51%	0.16%
Expected volatility		61.40%	68.10%	78.90%

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (401k) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Required service period for participants to receive a matching contribution	1 year
Company matching contributions to the 401(k)	$ 664	$ 582	$ 493
First 3% [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Portion of employee contribution matched, percent	100.00%
Employer matching contribution, percent	3.00%
Next 2% [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Portion of employee contribution matched, percent	50.00%
Employer matching contribution, percent	2.00%

XML

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]
Interest income	$ 5	$ 0	$ 2
Interest expense	(1,609)	(1,573)	(1,685)
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets	(3)	3	509
Other income (expense)	637	(178)	35
Interest and other income (expense), net	$ (970)	$ (1,748)	$ (1,139)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Income Before Income Taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S.	$ (8,888)	$ (5,244)	$ (21,246)
Foreign	7,176	6,357	6,094
Income (loss) before income taxes	$ (1,712)	$ 1,113	$ (15,152)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Current:
Federal									$ (686)	$ (28)	$ (264)
State									(50)	(23)	33
Foreign									611	504	360
Total current (benefit) expense									(125)	453	129
Deferred:
Federal									(324)	203	164
State									(28)	27	11
Foreign									41	35	160
Total deferred (benefit) expense									(311)	265	335
Income tax expense	$ (371)	$ 30	$ (66)	$ (28)	$ 384	$ 163	$ 46	$ 125	$ (436)	$ 718	$ 464

XML

INCOME TAXES (Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Fixed assets	$ 1,770	$ 2,511	$ 2,077
Prepaid expenses	(411)	(569)	(554)
Accrued stock compensation	2,781	4,641	4,114
Accrued restructuring costs	2	0	303
Work opportunity credit carryforward	5,233	5,226	5,234
Operating loss carryforward	10,663	16,231	18,066
Intangibles and goodwill	(64)	(77)	(53)
Derivative Instruments	(48)	354	202
Cumulative Translation adjustment	(965)	(1,381)	(1,178)
Other	137	297	39
Net long-term deferred tax assets	19,098	27,233	28,250
Valuation allowance	(18,939)	(27,384)	(28,162)
Total net deferred tax asset (liability)	$ 159	$ (151)	$ 88

XML

INCOME TAXES (Reconciliation of Tax Rates) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S. statutory tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Effect of state taxes (net of federal benefit)	24.40%	(12.20%)	1.70%
Rate differential on foreign earnings	109.50%	(146.00%)	10.90%
Foreign income taxed in the U.S.	(261.40%)	133.90%	(8.30%)
Uncertain tax positions	77.90%	107.10%	(4.90%)
Unremitted foreign earnings of subsidiary	16.00%	19.70%	0.00%
Tax expense allocation to OCI	29.80%	(2.70%)	0.00%
Effect of U.S tax rate change	(466.40%)	0.00%	0.00%
Valuation allowance	463.10%	(67.10%)	(40.40%)
Other permanent differences	(12.40%)	0.00%	0.00%
Stock based compensation	30.40%	0.00%	0.00%
True-up of deferred items	(20.10%)	0.00%	0.00%
Other, net	(0.40%)	(3.20%)	2.90%
Total	25.40%	64.50%	(3.10%)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Uncertain Income Tax Positions) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized, January 1,	$ 4,155	$ 2,962	$ 2,215
Additions based on tax positions taken in current year	2,872	1,193	888
Reductions based on tax positions taken in prior year	(4,155)	0	(141)
Unrecognized, December 31,	$ 2,872	$ 4,155	$ 2,962

XML

INCOME TAXES (Textuals) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Significant Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible [Line Items]
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries	$ 0	$ 0	$ 1,300
Deferred income taxes	(327)	265	210
Operating loss carryforward	10,663	16,231	18,066
Valuation allowance	(18,939)	(27,384)	(28,162)
Aggregate reduction in income tax expense	1,338	$ 1,136	$ 1,106
Federal [Member]
Significant Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	49,942
Federal [Member] | Tax Cuts And Jobs Act [Member]
Significant Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Liabilities, Other	582
Deferred income taxes	(582)
Operating loss carryforward	6,452
Valuation allowance	6,452
State [Member]
Significant Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	70,014
Canada Revenue Agency [Member]
Significant Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible [Line Items]
Taxable Revenue Threshold Amount Large Corporation	10,000
Tax Re-assessment Amount	$ 400

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) AOCI - (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Roll Forward]
Total - Beginning balance	$ (49)	$ (351)	$ (825)
Foreign currency translation	206	481	75
Reclassification to operations	81	431	2,587
Unrealized losses	1,056	(832)	(1,906)
Pension remeasurement	601	253
Tax (provision) benefit	(511)	(31)	(282)
Total - Ending balance	1,384	(49)	(351)
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Roll Forward]
Total - Beginning balance	1,830	1,533	1,486
Foreign currency translation	206	481	75
Reclassification to operations	22
Tax (provision) benefit	(87)	(184)	(28)
Total - Ending balance	1,971	1,830	1,533
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Roll Forward]
Total - Beginning balance	(2,132)	(1,884)	(2,311)
Reclassification to operations	59	431	2,587
Unrealized losses	1,056	(832)	(1,906)
Tax (provision) benefit	(424)	153	(254)
Total - Ending balance	(1,441)	(2,132)	(1,884)
Defined Benefit Plan
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Roll Forward]
Total - Beginning balance	253	0	0
Pension remeasurement	601	253
Total - Ending balance	$ 854	$ 253	$ 0

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Reclassifications) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Derivatives [Line Items]
Cost of services	$ 260,242	$ 270,779	$ 257,830
Selling, general and administrative expenses	32,584	33,196	34,427
Reclassification to operations	81	431	2,587
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Derivatives [Line Items]
Cost of services	81	416	2,401
Selling, general and administrative expenses	1	15	186
Reclassification to operations	$ 82	$ 431	$ 2,587

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Operating Lease) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Rental expense, including equipment rentals	$ 11,302	$ 11,954	$ 11,875
Minimum Lease Payments
2018	11,228
2019	7,561
2020	4,335
2021	2,985
2022	2,610
Thereafter	3,689
Total minimum lease payments	$ 32,408

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Capital Lease) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017 USD ($)
Capital Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2018	$ 2,134
2019	2,049
2020	487
2021	0
2022	0
Thereafter	0
Total minimum lease payments	4,670
Less amount representing interest	(509)
Present value of capital lease obligations	4,161
Capital lease obligations, current portion	1,829
Capital lease obligations, long term portion	$ 2,332
Minimum
Capital Leased Assets [Line Items]
Lessee Leasing Arrangements, Operating Leases, Term of Contract	3 years
Maximum
Capital Leased Assets [Line Items]
Lessee Leasing Arrangements, Operating Leases, Term of Contract	7 years

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Textual) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017 segment facility
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of segments | segment	3
United States [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of facilities	13
Canada [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of facilities	1
Honduras [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of facilities	2
JAMAICA
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of facilities	1
PHILIPPINES
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of facilities	4

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Segment Reporting) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 71,600	$ 69,372	$ 73,979	$ 77,652	$ 77,127	$ 78,305	$ 73,733	$ 78,035	$ 292,604	$ 307,200	$ 282,134
Gross profit	6,041	$ 7,319	$ 8,987	$ 10,014	10,675	$ 10,347	$ 7,011	$ 8,388	32,362	36,421	24,304
Depreciation									11,080	12,250	13,261
Capital expenditures									7,185	3,797	7,722
Total assets	95,998				106,808				95,998	106,808	114,804
Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Depreciation									9,940	12,250	13,261
Domestic [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue									171,188	186,061	169,945
Gross profit									7,329	12,392	11,614
Depreciation									6,419	7,748	8,049
Capital expenditures									4,113	3,291	4,382
Total assets	37,991				59,612				37,991	59,612	67,927
Offshore [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue									77,074	76,868	72,914
Gross profit									18,793	16,607	6,672
Depreciation									2,950	3,678	4,232
Capital expenditures									738	287	3,049
Total assets	43,106				36,503				43,106	36,503	38,016
Nearshore [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue									44,342	44,271	39,275
Gross profit									6,240	7,422	6,018
Depreciation									571	824	980
Capital expenditures									2,334	219	291
Total assets	$ 14,901				$ 10,693				$ 14,901	$ 10,693	$ 8,861

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 71,600	$ 69,372	$ 73,979	$ 77,652	$ 77,127	$ 78,305	$ 73,733	$ 78,035	$ 292,604	$ 307,200	$ 282,134
Gross profit	6,041	7,319	8,987	10,014	10,675	10,347	7,011	8,388	32,362	36,421	24,304
Net income (loss)	(2,452)	(1,172)	554	1,793	1,192	856	(1,684)	31	(1,276)	395	(15,616)
Income tax expense	(371)	30	(66)	(28)	384	163	46	125	(436)	718	464
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ (1,766)	$ (889)	$ 587	$ 2,225	$ 1,133	$ 855	$ (1,570)	$ 310	$ 157	$ 697	$ (16,090)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic	$ (0.15)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.03	$ 0.11	$ 0.08	$ 0.05	$ (0.11)	$ 0.00	$ (0.08)	$ 0.03	$ (1.01)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted	$ (0.15)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.03	$ 0.11	$ 0.07	$ 0.05	$ (0.11)	$ 0.00	$ (0.08)	$ 0.02	$ (1.01)

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Amazon Agreement (Details) - Subsequent Event - Amazon Transaction Agreement - Warrant $ in Millions	Jan. 23, 2018 USD ($) shares
Warrant | shares	4,000,000
Warrants and Rights Outstanding | $	$ 600

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Aegis Transaction (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	Mar. 14, 2018	Mar. 15, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock, shares issued			16,175,351	15,811,516
Subsequent Event | Aegis Transaction Agreement
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Payments to Acquire Businesses, Gross	$ 10
Subsequent Event | Aegis Transaction Agreement | Aegis
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock, shares issued		20,600,000
Business Acquisition, Share Price		$ 12.00
Percentage of membership interests acquired (percent)		55.00%